Electrical boards gewiss 2015

Page 1

Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures

40 CD Range

EN_Book.indb 369

06/05/15 10:27


40 CD Range Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures

Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures Four families capable of offering various solutions in industrial, commercial and domestic sectors.

370 EN_Book.indb 370

High modularity: from 2 to 72 modules.

Wide performance range: from IP40 to IP65.

Extractable frame versions.

Halogen-free material versions.

IMQ quality mark products.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

06/05/15 10:27


A solution for every need The 40 CD Range (2-72 modules) offers the right solution for every context, from residential to industrial. GEWISS’s well-known attention to product quality and human safety is confirmed by the absence of halogens in all the products of the range.

40 CDK - practical and functional Thanks to their reversible back-mounting box and front, 40 CDK products have doors that can be opened from either side. The extractable frame and the use of removable front panels make easier and quicker the wiring operations.

40 CD decorative - design integration Protected decorative enclosures are available from 8 to 72 modules versions and, thanks to their white colour and smoked transparent door, they blend seamlessly with any type of interior decor. The interface with canalisations makes them ideal for renovation work.

Solutions for the photovoltaic context Thanks to their high degree of protection (IP65) and their rated insulation voltage value (1000V Ui in DC), the 40 CDK enclosures and boards can also be used in photovoltaic systems.

Photograph the QR code to discover the new technical specifications

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

EN_Book.indb 371

371 06/05/15 10:27


40 CD Range Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES 40 CD Range

40 CDK SURFACE-MOUNTING MODULAR WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS IP65

Colour: RAL 7035 Grey Door: smoked transparent Walls: with perforation centres

Colour: RAL 7035 Grey Door: smoked transparent Walls: smooth

Modules

Colour: RAL 7035 Grey Door: no Walls: with perforation centres -

GW 40 022

4

GW 40 101

GW 40 001

-

GW 40 023

6

-

-

-

GW 40 024

8

GW 40 102

GW 40 003

GW 40 043

GW 40 026

GW 40 103

GW 40 005

GW 40 045

GW 40 028

-

GW 40 004

GW 40 044

GW 40 027

with terminal block

18

GW 40 106

-

-

-

24

GW 40 104

GW 40 007

GW 40 047

GW 40 030

-

GW 40 006

GW 40 046

GW 40 029

GW 40 105

-

-

GW 40 032

(12x2)

with terminal block

-

-

-

GW 40 031

GW 40 107

GW 40 009

GW 40 049

with terminal block

-

-

GW 40 008

GW 40 048

-

54

GW 40 108

-

GW 40 051

-

72

GW 40 109

-

GW 40 053

-

4 x GW 44 621

4 x GW 44 621

4 x GW 44 621

4 x GW 44 621

-

-

-

36

(18x2)

with terminal block

(18x3) (18x4)

INSTALLATION

Colour: RAL 9016 White Door: smoked transparent Walls: smooth -

36

Surfacemounting fixing brackets for enclosures and boards Stylish coupling covers for conduit and trunking entry Insulated neutral and earth terminal blocks (*)

WIRING

40 CD PROTECTED SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES IP40

-

(12x3)

Internal horizontal dividers

1-module high blank cover panels

MISCELLANEOUS

40 CD PROTECTED SURFACE-MOUNTING DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES IP40

2

12

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

40 CD SURFACE-MOUNTING WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES IP55

Cylindrical safety lock

Triangular key

Modules

Code

12-24-36(12x3)

GW 40 473

18-36(18x2)-54-72

GW 40 474

Modules

Code

Modules

Code

Modules

Code

Modules

Code

8

GW 40 401

8-24

GW 40 401

8-24

GW 40 401

8-24

GW 40 401

12-24-36(12x3)

GW 40 402

12-36

GW 40 402

12-36-54-72

GW 40 402

12-36

GW 40 402

18-36(18x2)-54-72

GW 40 404

Modules

Code

24-36(12x3)

GW 40 487

36(18x2)-54-72

GW 40 488

Modules

Code

24-36(12x3)

GW 40 492

36(18x2)-54-72

GW 40 493

Modules

Code

Modules

Code

4-8-12-24-36(18x2)

1 x GW 40 422

8-12-18-24-36-54

1 x GW 40 422

36(12x3)-54-72

2 x GW 40 422

72

2 x GW 40 422

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1 x GW 40 421

-

-

(*) For the number of terminal blocks that can be installed in each enclosure, refer to the relative pages of the catalogue.

372 EN_Book.indb 372

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

06/05/15 10:27


40 CD Range

40 CDK - Modular watertight enclosures and distribution boards - IP65

GW40101

Smoked transparent door - Smooth walls ENCLOSURES - PRE-ARRANGED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK - GREY RAL 7035

Code GW 40 101 GW 40 102 GW 40 103 GW 40 106

No. of modules EN 50022 4 8 12 18

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 143x210x100 215x210x100 298x260x140 410x285x140

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40401 1xGW40402 1xGW40404

Dispersible power (W) 13 16 26 38

Pack Carton 19 12 6 3

GW40105

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the doubleinsulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621). For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C.

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS WITH PANELS WITH WINDOW AND EXTRACTABLE FRAME PROVISION FOR TERMINAL BLOCK - GREY RAL 7035

Code GW 40 104 GW 40 105 GW 40 107 GW 40 108 GW 40 109

No. of modules EN 50022 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 36 (18x2) 54 (18x3) 72 (18x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 298x420x140 298x570x140 410x463x140 410x655x140 410x878x160

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40402 2xGW40402 2xGW40404 2xGW40404 4xGW40404

Dispersible power (W) 32 42 43 66 89

Pack Carton 3 2 2 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the doubleinsulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621). For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621. CHARACTERISTICS: removable, sealing panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

EN_Book.indb 373

373 06/05/15 10:27


40 CD Range Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 40 CD - Watertight enclosures - IP55 40 CD Range GW40001

Smoked transparent door - Walls with perforation centres ENCLOSURES PRE-ARRANGED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK - GREY RAL 7035

Code GW 40 001 GW 40 003 GW 40 005 GW 40 007 GW 40 009

No. of modules EN 50022 4 8 12 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 105x170x98 180x180x98 250x250x135 250x375x135 376x400x135

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40401 1xGW40402 2xGW40401 2xGW40402

Dispersible power (W) 12 13 25 27 41

Pack Carton 24 24 8 6 4

GW40008

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels, spare screws in insulating material. GW40005, GW40007, GW40009: doors equipped with lock, with 2 triangular keys. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the doubleinsulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621). For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

ENCLOSURES FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCK - GREY RAL 7035

Code GW 40 004 GW 40 006 GW 40 008

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 250x250x135 250x375x135 376x400x135

Terminal block N (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)]

Terminal block T (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)]

Dispersible power (W) 25 27 41

Pack Carton 6 6 4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, screwcaps and module masks for double insulation, circuit labels, spare screws in insulating material. Doors equipped with lock, with 2 triangular keys. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the doubleinsulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621). For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

374 EN_Book.indb 374

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

06/05/15 10:27


40 CD Range

40 CD - Protected decorative enclosures - IP40

GW40043

Smoked transparent door - Smooth walls ENCLOSURES PRE-ARRANGED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK - WHITE RAL 9016

Code GW 40 043 GW 40 045 GW 40 047 GW 40 049 GW 40 051 GW 40 053

No. of modules EN 50022 8 12 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2) 54 (18x3) 72 (18x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 200x180x100 280x225x100 280x350x100 400x400x130 400x550x130 400x850x150

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40401 1xGW40402 2xGW40401 2xGW40402 2xGW40402 4xGW40402

Dispersible power (W) 15 22 25 45 63 75

Pack Carton 14 9 6 2 2 1

GW40048

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. GW40049, GW40051, GW40053, equipped with removable frame for carrying out wiring operations outside the enclosure. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps, or brackets for surface-mounting). CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

ENCLOSURES FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCK - WHITE RAL 9016 Code GW 40 044 GW 40 046 GW 40 048

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 280x225x100 280x350x100 400x400x130

Dispersible power (W) 22 25 45

Pack Carton 9 6 2

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, module masks, circuit labels. GW40044: Terminal block N (mm²) (3x25) + (10x10) and terminal block T (mm²) (3x25) + (10x10); GW40046: Terminal block N (mm²) 2x[(1x25) + (7x10)] and terminal block T (mm²) 2x[(1x25) + (7x10)]; GW40048: Terminal block N (mm²) 2x[(1x25) + (7x10)] and terminal block T (mm²) 2x[(1x25) + (7x10)]; fitted with removable frame, to carry out the wiring operations outside the enclosure. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets). CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

EN_Book.indb 375

375 06/05/15 10:27


40 CD Range Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 40 CD - Protected enclosures - IP40 40 CD Range GW40022

Without door - Walls with perforation centres ENCLOSURES PRE-ARRANGED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK - GREY RAL 7035

Code GW 40 022 GW 40 023 GW 40 024 GW 40 026 GW 40 028 GW 40 030 GW 40 032

No. of modules EN 50022 2 4 6 8 12+1 24+2 (12x2) 36+3 (12x3)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 45x130x85 90x130x85 140x155x85 180x180x95 250x215x95 250x340x95 250x465x95

Installable terminal blocks

1xGW40401 1xGW40402 2xGW40401 2xGW40402

Dispersible power (W) 7 9 14 18 27 40 54

Pack Carton 84 36 34 24 12 12 9

GW40029

CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. GW40022 sealable front. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps, or brackets for surface-mounting). To maintain the IP degree declared, install devices with a degree of protection of at least IP40 and use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets).

ENCLOSURES FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCK - GREY RAL 7035 Code GW 40 027 GW 40 029 GW 40 031

No. of modules EN 50022 12+1 24+2 (12x2) 36+3 (12x3)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 250x215x95 250x340x95 250x465x95

Terminal block N (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)]

Terminal block T (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)]

Dispersible power (W) 27 40 54

Pack Carton 12 12 9

CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets). To maintain the IP degree declared, install devices with a degree of protection of at least IP40 and use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets).

376 EN_Book.indb 376

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

06/05/15 10:27


Installation and coupling GW44621

WALL FIXING BRACKET Code

Material

Accessories supplied

GW 44 621

Insulation

Self-tapping fixing screws

For enclosures For dist. boards All wall types

Characteristics Halogen free

Pack Carton 40/480

40 CD Range

Complementary items

APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW40474

AESTHETIC COUPLING COVERS FOR CONDUIT AND TRUNKING ENTRY FOR CDK DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND ENCLOSURES Code GW 40 473 GW 40 474

For encl. /boards with rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

Fixing

Characteristics

Clip Clip

Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 20 20

CHARACTERISTICS: covers with internal knockouts for trunking from 60x30mm to 200x60mm.

GW40402

Wiring TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH INSULATED NEUTRAL AND EARTH BARS FOR ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS Code GW 40 401 GW 40 402 GW 40 404

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

For enclosures 8 modules EN 50022 12 modules EN 50022 18 modules EN 50022

Fixing With screws With screws With screws and/or clip

Pack Carton 10 10 10

GW40488

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

INTERNAL HORIZONTAL DIVIDERS FOR CDK DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 40 487 GW 40 488

For boards EN 50022 rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

Fixing

Characteristics

Clip Clip

Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100 10/100

GW40493

NOTES: they permit making internal separation between the circuits having different voltages located on more than one row inside the same shell.

BLANK COVER PANELS 1 MODULE HIGH FOR CDK DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 40 492 GW 40 493

Suitable for Wall-mounting distribuion boards Wall-mounting distribuion boards

For boards EN 50022 rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

Colour

Characteristics

Grey RAL 7035 Grey RAL 7035

Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 20 20

CHARACTERISTICS: sealing.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

EN_Book.indb 377

377 06/05/15 10:27


40 CD Range Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures

GW40422

40 CD Range

GW40421

Miscellaneous SECURITY TRIANGULAR KEY Code GW 40 421

For enclosures 40 CD Watertight IP55

Material

Characteristics

Insulation

Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100

CYLINDRICAL SECURITY LOCK - FOR 40 CDK AND 40 CD DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES Code

Material

GW 40 422

Pressure die-cast metal

Pack Carton 1/10

GW40467

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

PLASTIC MODULE COVER PROFILE Code GW 40 467 GW 40 423

No. of modules EN 50022 4.5 4.5

Colour

Characteristics

White RAL 9016 Grey RAL 7035

Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 50 50

GW44623

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

INSULATING SCREW CAPS Code

Description

Characteristics

GW 44 623

Screwcap Ă˜25mm

Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100

APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

378 EN_Book.indb 378

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CD Range

06/05/15 10:27


Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures

40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 395

06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures

Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures Eight families to meet any requirement in residential, commercial and industrial sectors. ■

High modularity from 2 to 72 modules.

Various protection degrees: from IP40 to IP55.

Precise design - versions with blank or smoked door.

Home Networking enclosure for network cabling.

Versions that can be fitted with a security lock.

Halogen-free material versions.

Specific versions for plasterboard walls.

IMQ quality mark products.

396 EN_Book.indb 396

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi decorative - optimum design The modern, linear and refined design of the 40 CDi decorative enclosures - suitable for housing conventional or domotic systems - combine perfectly with the shapes and colours of the Chorus domestic range, offering optimal design integration in every environment of the residential and commercial sectors.

40 CDKi - wide and professional range The 40 CDKi range of enclosures and boards offers 10 different sizes (2-72 modules) and various models, available with a smoked transparent door (particularly suitable for the commercial and industrial sectors) or a blank door (ideal for domotic applications).

Enclosure for network cabling The Home Networking enclosure is the central network cabling element, allowing each room to take advantage of advanced telephone and Internet services and multimedia contents. An innovative solution validated by Telecom Italia.

Top quality materials for safe environments Many versions of the flush-mounting enclosures are made with Halogen Free material in accordance with EN 50267-2-2, making them suitable for installation in public areas or where there is a high concentration of people.

Photograph the QR code to discover the new technical specifications

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 397

397 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES 40 CDi Range

40 CDi RANGE PROTECTED DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES IP40

40 CDi RANGE CHORUS ENCLOSURES IP40

40 CDKi RANGE - MODULAR PROTECTED ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS - IP40

Door: smoked transparent

Door: smoked transparent with automatic opening

Colour: RAL 9016 White Door: smoked transparent and blank

FRAME Milk white

4 6 8

12

front cover and DIN frame

MODULES

18 24 (12x2)

36 (12x3)

enclosure complete with back-mounting box enclosure complete with backmounting box and terminal block enclosure complete with backmounting 48 (12x4) box and terminal block enclosure complete with back-mounting 54 (18x3) box enclosure complete with back-mounting 72 (18x4) box

36 (18x2)

Anti-deformation brackets for walling back-mounting boxes Combined coupling component

-

-

GW 40 601 (*)

-

GW 40 602

GW 40 882

GW 41 237 TB GW 41 237 TN GW 41 237 VT GW 41 237 VA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 603

GW 40 883

GW 40 225 TN GW 40 225 VT GW 40 225 VA

-

-

-

GW 40 604

GW 40 884

GW 41 225 TB GW 41 225 TN GW 41 225 VT GW 41 225 VA

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 605

GW 40 885

-

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

-

-

GW 40 229 TN GW 40 229 VT GW 40 229 VA GW 40 981 TB GW 40 981 VT GW 40 981 VA GW 40 227 TN GW 40 227 VT GW 40 227 VA

-

-

-

-

-

GW 41 229 TB GW 41 229 TN GW 41 229 VT GW 41 229 VA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 608

GW 40 888

GW 40 606

GW 40 886

-

-

-

GW 40 233 TN GW 40 233 VT GW 40 233 VA GW 40 991 TB GW 40 991 VT GW 40 991 VA GW 40 231 TN GW 40 231 VT GW 40 231 VA

-

-

-

-

-

GW 41 233 TB GW 41 233 TN GW 41 233 VT GW 41 233 VA

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 239 TN GW 40 239 VT GW 40 239 VA

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 241 TN GW 40 241 VT GW 40 241 VA

-

-

-

-

-

GW 41 239 TB GW 41 239 TN GW 41 239 VT GW 41 239 VA -

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 609

GW 40 889

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 610

GW 40 890

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 611

GW 40 891

-

-

GW 40 479 from 36M

2 x GW 40 425 for 8M and 12M

-

2 x GW 40 425 from 12M

GW 48 645 from 8M

GW 48 645

Internal dividers (horizontal and vertical)

Code GW 40 401 GW 40 402

-

1-module high blank cover panels Modules 24 36 Modules 4 8 12 24 36

Signal socket-outlet expansion kit from 12 to 18

GW 40 402 (1x12M e 2x24M)

Code 1 x GW 40 422 2 x GW 40 422 Code GW 40 671 GW 40 673 GW 40 674 GW 40 677 GW 40 679

GW 40 467 TB GW 40 467 TN GW 40 467 VT GW 40 467 VA (Milk white) (Toner black) (Titanium) (Slate)

Modules 8 12-24 18-36-54-72

Code GW 40 401 GW 40 402 GW 40 404

Modules

Code

24

GW 40 487

36-54-72

GW 40 488

Modules 24 36-54-72 Modules

-

6,5M

Blanking module profile

GW 48 645 from 6M

-

-

Back-mounting boxes

Blank

-

Modules 8-24 12-36

Security lock

Smoked transparent

-

Kit of 4 long screws with spacers Insulated neutral and earth terminal block (**)

Slate

-

enclosure complete with back-mounting GW 40 239 TB box enclosure complete with backmounting GW 40 241 TB box and terminal block front cover and DIN frame

-

DOOR

Titanium

-

enclosure complete with back-mounting box enclosure complete with back-mounting GW 40 233 TB box enclosure complete with backmounting GW 40 231 TB box and terminal block front cover and DIN frame

-

Milk white

-

enclosure complete with back-mounting GW 40 229 TB box enclosure complete with backmounting GW 40 227 TB box and terminal block front cover and DIN frame

Varnished slate

GW 40 237 TN GW 40 237 VT GW 40 237 VA

enclosure complete with back-mounting box enclosure complete with back-mounting GW 40 225 TB box front cover and DIN frame

Varnished titanium

horizontal

2

enclosure complete with back-mounting box enclosure complete with back-mounting GW 40 237 TB box

FRAME

Toner black

-

Code GW 40 495 GW 40 496 Code 1 x GW 40 422 2 x GW 40 422

4-6-8-12-18-24-36

54-72 4,5M RAL 9016 White RAL 7035 Grey Toner black

-

GW 40 467 GW 40 423 GW 40 468

4,5M RAL 9016 White GW 40 467

(*) Without door. (**) For the number of terminal blocks that can be installed in each enclosure, refer to the relative pages of the catalogue.

398 EN_Book.indb 398

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


48 PTC RANGE MODULAR WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS - IP55

40 CDKi RANGE GREEN WALL MODULAR AND PROTECTED ENCLOSURE AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FOR PLASTERBOARD - IP40

Colour: RAL 9016 White Door: blank

Colour: RAL 7035 Grey Door: smoked transparent

40 CDi RANGE PROTECTED ENCLOSURES FOR PLASTERBOARD WALLS - IP40

HOME NETWORKING ENCLOSURE FOR NETWORK CABLING IP40

Colour: RAL 9016 White Door: smoked transparent

Colour: RAL 9003 White Door: blank metal Frame: metal

Colour: RAL 9016 White Door: blank

-

-

-

-

-

GW 48 686 (prepared to housing N째2 IEC309 socket-outlets)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 48 681

-

-

GW 40 655

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 657

GW 48 682

GW 40 605 PM

-

GW 40 656

-

-

GW 40 161

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 659

-

GW 40 606 PM

-

GW 40 658

-

-

GW 40 162

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 163

-

-

-

-

GW 40 661

-

GW 40 609 PM

-

GW 40 660

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 40 164

-

-

GW 40 610 PM

-

-

-

GW 40 611 PM

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 48 026 (also more than one)

2 x GW 40 425 PM for 12 M

-

2 x GW 40 425

-

-

-

GW 48 645 -

-

GW 48 645 for 12 M Modules

Code

12-24

GW 40 402

36-54-72 Modules

GW 40 404 Code GW 40 487 (horizontal) GW 40 488 (horizontal) Code GW 40 495 GW 40 496 Code 1 x GW 40 422 2 x GW 40 422

24 36-54-72

-

-

1 x GW 40 421 (triangular) from 12M

1 x GW 48 644 (watertight metal cylinder)

-

-

4,5M RAL 9016 White - GW 40 467

Modules 24 36-54-72 Modules 12-24-36 54-72

Modules 12 24 36-48 Modules 12 24 36 48

GW 40 390 (external dimension LxHxD 465x680x95 mm)

Code GW 40 451 GW 40 452 GW 40 453 Code GW 40 460 GW 40 456 GW 40 460 GW 40 457 GW 40 460 GW 40 458 GW 40 460 GW 40 459 vertical

Code GW 40 401 GW 40 402

horizontal

GW 48 645 Modules 8-24 12-36

40 CDi Range

FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES 40 CDi RANGE PROTECTED ENCLOSURES IP40

-

-

-

-

1 x GW 40 463 (metal cylinder)

1 x GW 40 422

-

-

GW 40 790

4,5M

4,5M

4,5M

-

RAL 7035 Grey - GW 40 423

RAL 9016 White - GW 40 467

RAL 9016 White - GW 40 467

GW 38 095

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 399

399 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 40 CDi - Decorative enclosures - IP40 40 CDi Range GW40229TB

Smoked transparent door DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES PRE-ARRANGED FOR HOUSING TERMINAL BLOCKS

Code

Colour

No. of modules EN 50022: 4+1/2

Front dim. LxHxD (mm)

Spare base

GW 40 237 TB GW 40 237 TN GW 40 237 VT GW 40 237 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

148x165x23 148x165x23 148x165x23 148x165x23

GW40671 GW40671 GW40671 GW40671

GW 40 225 TB GW 40 225 TN GW 40 225 VT GW 40 225 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

250x195x26 250x195x26 250x195x26 250x195x26

GW40673 GW40673 GW40673 GW40673

GW 40 229 TB GW 40 229 TN GW 40 229 VT GW 40 229 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

330x218x25 330x218x25 330x218x25 330x218x25

GW 40 233 TB GW 40 233 TN GW 40 233 VT GW 40 233 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

GW 40 239 TB GW 40 239 TN GW 40 239 VT GW 40 239 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

No. of modules EN 50022: 8+1/2

No. of modules EN 50022: 12+1

No. of modules EN 50022: 24+2 (12x2)

No. of modules EN 50022: 36+3 (12x3)

Installable terminal blocks

Dispersible power (W)

Pack Carton

13 13 13 13

12 12 12 12

1xGW40401 1xGW40401 1xGW40401 1xGW40401

19 19 19 19

16 16 16 16

GW40674 GW40674 GW40674 GW40674

1xGW40402 1xGW40402 1xGW40402 1xGW40402

24 24 24 24

12 12 12 12

330x338x28 330x338x28 330x338x28 330x338x28

GW40677 GW40677 GW40677 GW40677

2xGW40401 2xGW40401 2xGW40401 2xGW40401

25 25 25 25

5 5 5 5

330x493x28 330x493x28 330x493x28 330x493x28

GW40679 GW40679 GW40679 GW40679

2xGW40402 2xGW40402 2xGW40402 2xGW40402

42 42 42 42

5 5 5 5

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 6.5M module-covering profiles co-ordinated with the colour of the enclosure front (for 4, 8 and 12-module enclosures - 1 profile; for 24-module enclosures - 2 profiles; for 36-module enclosures- 3 profiles), circuit labels, mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper bending. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: Module-covering profiles can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors. Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C. IP40 guaranteed even with open door, in the case of wall-embedded installation using devices of at least IP40 and the module-covering profiles supplied. Bottoms of 8- and 12-module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425. Enclosures composed by Front of the enclosure and DIN rail frame fully compatible with the bottom of the previous decorative flush mounting enclosures 40CDi Rangefront cover; DIN frame and back plastic bottom.

400 EN_Book.indb 400

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


Code

Colour

No. of modules EN 50022: 12+1

Front dim. LxHxD (mm)

Spare base

Dispersible power (W)

Pack Carton

GW 40 227 TB GW 40 227 TN GW 40 227 VT GW 40 227 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

330x218x25 330x218x25 330x218x25 330x218x25

GW40674 GW40674 GW40674 GW40674

24 24 24 24

12 12 12 12

GW 40 231 TB GW 40 231 TN GW 40 231 VT GW 40 231 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

330x338x28 330x338x28 330x338x28 330x338x28

GW40677 GW40677 GW40677 GW40677

25 25 25 25

5 5 5 5

GW 40 241 TB GW 40 241 TN GW 40 241 VT GW 40 241 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

330x493x28 330x493x28 330x493x28 330x493x28

GW40679 GW40679 GW40679 GW40679

42 42 42 42

5 5 5 5

No. of modules EN 50022: 24+2 (12x2)

No. of modules EN 50022: 36+3 (12x3)

40 CDi Range

GW40227TN

DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES FITTED UP WITH TERMINAL BLOCK

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal blocks, 6.5M module-covering profiles co-ordinated with the colour of the enclosure front. (for 12-module enclosures - 1 profile, for 24-module enclosures - 2 profiles, for 36-module enclosures - 3 profiles), circuit labels, mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper bending. GW40227TB, GW40227TN, GW40227VT and GW40227VA: N terminal block (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) and E terminal block (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) GW40231TB, GW40231TN, GW40231VT and GW40231VA: N terminal block (mm²) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] and E terminal block (mm²) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] GW40241TB, GW40241TN, GW40241VT and GW40241VA: N terminal block (mm²) 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)] and E terminal block (mm²) 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)] NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: Module-covering profiles can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors. Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. IP40 guaranteed even with open door, in the case of wall-embedded installation using devices of at least IP40 and the module-covering profiles supplied. Bottoms of 12-module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425. Enclosures composed by front cover;Front of the enclosure and DIN rail frame fully compatible with the bottom of the previous decorative flush mounting enclosures 40CDi Range DIN frame, terminal blocks and back plastic bottom.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 401

401 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range

40 CDi Range

GW41229VT

Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures FRONT COVERS AND RELATIVE FUNCTIONAL FRAMES WITH DIN RAIL FOR DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES

Code

Colour

No. of modules EN 50022: 4+1/2

Front dim. LxHxD (mm)

Corresponding back plate

GW 41 237 TB GW 41 237 TN GW 41 237 VT GW 41 237 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

148x165x23 148x165x23 148x165x23 148x165x23

GW40671 GW40671 GW40671 GW40671

GW 41 225 TB GW 41 225 TN GW 41 225 VT GW 41 225 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

250x195x26 250x195x26 250x195x26 250x195x26

GW40673 GW40673 GW40673 GW40673

GW 41 229 TB GW 41 229 TN GW 41 229 VT GW 41 229 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

330x218x25 330x218x25 330x218x25 330x218x25

GW 41 233 TB GW 41 233 TN GW 41 233 VT GW 41 233 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

GW 41 239 TB GW 41 239 TN GW 41 239 VT GW 41 239 VA

Milk white Toner black Varnished titanium Varnished slate

No. of modules EN 50022: 8+1/2

No. of modules EN 50022: 12+1

No. of modules EN 50022: 24+2 (12x2)

No. of modules EN 50022: 36+3 (12x3)

Installable terminal blocks

Dispersible power (W)

Pack Carton

13 13 13 13

12 12 12 12

1xGW40401 1xGW40401 1xGW40401 1xGW40401

19 19 19 19

16 16 16 16

GW40674 GW40674 GW40674 GW40674

1xGW40402 1xGW40402 1xGW40402 1xGW40402

24 24 24 24

12 12 12 12

330x338x28 330x338x28 330x338x28 330x338x28

GW40677 GW40677 GW40677 GW40677

2xGW40401 2xGW40401 2xGW40401 2xGW40401

25 25 25 25

5 5 5 5

330x493x28 330x493x28 330x493x28 330x493x28

GW40679 GW40679 GW40679 GW40679

2xGW40402 2xGW40402 2xGW40402 2xGW40402

42 42 42 42

5 5 5 5

GW40674

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 6.5M module-covering profiles co-ordinated with the colour of the enclosure front (for 4, 8 and 12-module enclosures - 1 profile; for 24-module enclosures - 2 profiles; for 36-module enclosures- 3 profiles), service labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: Module-covering profiles can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C. IP40 guaranteed even with open door, in the case of wall-embedded installation using devices of at least IP40 and the module-covering profiles supplied. Front of the enclosure and DIN rail frame fully compatible with the bottom of the previous decorative flush mounting enclosures 40CDi Range.

BACK-MOUNTING BOXES FOR DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES DESIGNED TO HOUSE A TERMINAL BLOCK

Code GW 40 671 GW 40 673 GW 40 674 GW 40 677 GW 40 679

No. of modules EN 50022 4 8 12 24 36

Back plate dim. LxHxD (mm) 115x142x85 209x174x81 293x189x81 294x310x80 294x461x90

Pack Carton 12 16 12 5 5

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Mortar guard element in cardboard with clip-fixing on the opening of the back-mounting box - supplied as standard and packed with paper banding. CHARACTERISTICS: there is an identification code on the back-mounting box, along with the word "up" to aid installation.

402 EN_Book.indb 402

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range

40 CDi - Chorus enclosures - IP40

GW40981TB

Unwired co-ordinated enclosures CO-ORDINATED FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH AUTOMATICALLY-OPENING SMOKED TRANSPARENT DOOR

Code

Colour

No. of modules EN 50022: 12

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm)

Dispersible power (W)

Pack Carton

GW 40 981 TB GW 40 981 VT GW 40 981 VA

Milk white Varnished titanium Varnished slate

320x255x80 320x255x80 320x255x80

26 26 26

1/2 1/2 1/2

GW 40 991 TB GW 40 991 VT GW 40 991 VA

Milk white Varnished titanium Varnished slate

320x360x80 320x360x80 320x360x80

36 36 36

1/2 1/2 1/2

No. of modules EN 50022: 24 (12X2)

CHARACTERISTICS: adhesive labels with a graphic symbol for circuit identification. Module masks. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 403

403 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 40 CDKi - Protected modular enclosures and distribution boards - IP40 40 CDi Range GW40602

Smoked transparent door ENCLOSURES PRE-FITTED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK HOUSING WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME - WHITE RAL 9016

Code GW 40 601 GW 40 602 GW 40 603 GW 40 604 GW 40 605 GW 40 608

No. of modules EN 50022 2 4 6 8 12 18

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 83x160x74 120x160x85 200x170x85 240x195x85 330x270x85 465x310x85

Installable terminal blocks

1xGW40401 1xGW40402 1xGW40404

Dispersible power (W) 12 18 19 20 36 50

Pack Carton 60 36 21 12 8 4

Dispersible power (W) 37 52 62 95

Pack Carton 6 3 2 1

GW40606

CHARACTERISTICS: GW40601 is envisaged without a door, and with the DIN rail fixed directly on the back. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C. Bottoms of 12- and 18-module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS WITH PANELS WITH WINDOW AND EXTRACTABLE FRAME PRE-FITTED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK HOUSING - WHITE RAL 9016

Code GW 40 606 GW 40 609 GW 40 610 GW 40 611

No. of modules EN 50022 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2) 54 (18x3) 72 (18x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 330x420x85 465x505x85 465x680x95 465x855x95

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40402 2xGW40404 2xGW40404 4xGW40404

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: removable, sealing panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C. Bottoms of enclosures that can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.

404 EN_Book.indb 404

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


ENCLOSURES PRE-FITTED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK HOUSING WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME - WHITE RAL 9016

Code GW 40 882 GW 40 883 GW 40 884 GW 40 885 GW 40 888

No. of modules EN 50022 4 6 8 12 18

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 120x160x85 200x170x85 240x195x85 330x270x85 465x310x85

Installable terminal blocks

1xGW40401 1xGW40402 1xGW40404

Dispersible power (W) 18 19 20 36 50

Pack Carton 36 21 12 8 4

Dispersible power (W) 37 52 62 95

Pack Carton 6 3 2 1

40 CDi Range

GW40885

Blank door

GW40890

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. GW40884, GW40885 and GW40888 self-adhesive labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C. Bottoms of 12- and 18-module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS WITH PANELS WITH WINDOWS AND EXTRACTABLE FRAME READY FOR HOUSING THE TERMINAL BLOCKS- WHITE RAL 9016

Code GW 40 886 GW 40 889 GW 40 890 GW 40 891

No. of modules EN 50022 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2) 54 (18x3) 72 (18x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 330x420x85 465x505x85 465x680x95 465x855x95

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40402 2xGW40404 2xGW40404 4xGW40404

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: removable, sealing panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70째C. Bottoms of enclosures that can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 405

405 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 40 CDKi GREEN WALL - enclosures and distribution boards for lightweight and plasterboard walls - IP40 40 CDi Range

Smoked transparent door GW40606PM

MODULAR ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS WITH WINDOW PANEL AND EXTRACTABLE FRAME PRE-ARRANGEMENT FOR HOUSING TERMINAL BLOCKS - WHITE RAL 9016 - SMOKED DOOR

Code GW 40 605 PM GW 40 606 PM GW 40 609 PM GW 40 610 PM GW 40 611 PM

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2) 54 (18x3) 72 (18x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 330x270x85 330x420x85 465x505x85 465x680x95 465x855x95

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40402 1xGW40402 2xGW40404 2xGW40404 4xGW40404

Dispersible power (W) 36 37 52 62 95

Pack Carton 8 6 3 3 1

CHARACTERISTICS: panel with windows, removable and plumbable, with the exception of GW40605PM. Back-mounting boxes equipped with tabs for fixing on metal structures, for lightweight and plasterboard walls. Locators for tracing the wall along the edges of the back-mounting box. Horizontal modularity by means of a GW40425 joining element for GW40605PM enclosure. Vertical modularity by means of a GW40425 joining element for GW40606PM-GW40609PM-GW40610PM-GW40611PM boards. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1. GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, relative to the green flush-mounting back-mounting box. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-tapping screw kit ø 4x45mm with spacers for fixing the fronts.

Home Networking enclosure for network cabling

GW40390

For network cabling with blank door HOME NETWORKING ENCLOSURE WITH BLANK DOOR FOR IMPLEMENTING NETWORK CABLING IN THE RESIDENTIAL AND SMALL-SCALE COMMERCIAL SECTOR Code GW 40 390

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 465x680x95

Dispersible power (W) 50

Pack Carton 1

APPLICATIONS: the Home Networking enclosure is the central network cabling element, allowing each room to take advantage of advanced telephone and Internet services and multimedia contents. An innovative solution validated by Telecom Italia. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the complete Home Networking includes a flush-mounting back-mounting box, frames with door and support for housing the wiring, distinguished by: 1 multiple electric socket-outlet (with 3 bivalent socket-outlets IT 2P+T 16A 250V); 1 multiple telephone socket-outlet with 5 RJ11 socket-outlets; 1 patch panel with 12 RJ45 ports; Kit with 5 telephone cords including RJ45-RJ11 plugs, cat.3, 4xAWG26 cable, L=0.5 m; Kit with 4 UTP Ethernet cords, cat. 6 LSZH, L=0.6. NOTE: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

406 EN_Book.indb 406

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range

40 CDi - Protected enclosures - IP40

GW40655

Blank door ENCLOSURES PRE-ARRANGED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK - WHITE RAL 9016

Code GW 40 655 GW 40 657 GW 40 659 GW 40 661

No. of modules EN 50022 8 12+1 24+2 (12x2) 36+2 (18x2)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 236x195x89 326x217x89 326x346x89 453x396x95

Installable terminal blocks 1xGW40401 1xGW40402 2xGW40401 2xGW40402

Dispersible power (W) 19 26 36 47

Pack Carton 18 8 6 3

GW40658

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels, spare hinges. GW40657, GW40659, GW40661 door fitted with lock with 2 triangle-shaped keys. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

ENCLOSURES FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCK - WHITE RAL 9016 Code GW 40 656 GW 40 658 GW 40 660

No. of modules EN 50022 12+1 24+2 (12x2) 36+2 (18x2)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 326x217x89 326x346x89 453x396x95

Dispersible power (W) 26 36 47

Pack Carton 8 6 3

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal blocks, module masks, circuit labels, spare hinges, door with lock and 2 triangular keys. GW40656: N terminal block (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) and T terminal block (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10); GW40658: N terminal block (mm²) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] and T terminal block (mm²) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)]; GW40660: N terminal block (mm²) 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)] and T terminal block (mm²) 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)]. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 407

407 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 48 PTC - Combination watertight enclosures and boards - IP55 40 CDi Range

Modular enclosures with smoked transparent door GW48681

WATERTIGHT FLUSH-MOUNTING MODULAR ENCLOSURES WITH SHOCKPROOF FRONTS - GREY RAL 7035

Code GW 48 681 GW 48 682

No. of modules EN 50022 6 12

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 138x169x70 308x169x70

Front dim. LxH (mm) 175x210 345x210

Dispersible power (W) 15 25

Pack Carton 1/6 1/4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, user labels, kit of self-tapping stainless steel screws Ø 4x32mm. mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026. Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.

Combination board with smoked transparent door GW48686

WATERTIGHT FLUSH-MOUNTING COMBINED BOARD FITTED FOR MODULAR DEVICES AND FOR 2 FLANGES 85X75 MM FOR MOUNTING IEC 309 STANDARD SOCKET-OUTLETS - SHOCKPROOF FRONT - GREY RAL 7035

Code GW 48 686

No. of modules EN 50022 4

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 308x169x70

Front dim. LxH (mm) 345x210

Dispersible power (W) 19

Pack Carton 1/4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: user labels, kit of self-tapping screws of Ø 4 x 32mm in stainless steel. mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. Compatible with IEC 309 16A 10° angled receptacle. CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026. Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.

40 CDi - Protected enclosures for cavity walls - IP40

GW40162

Blank door and frame in metal ENCLOSURES FOR CAVITY WALLS EQUIPPED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS - WHITE RAL 9003 Code GW 40 161 GW 40 162 GW 40 163 GW 40 164

No. of modules EN 50022 12+2 24+4 (12x2) 36+6 (12x3) 48+8 (12x4)

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(16x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10)

Dispersible power (W) 16 19 24 27

Pack Carton 2 2 2 2

CHARACTERISTICS: removable upper part with knockouts for cable entry. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, labels with self-adhesive pictograms for circuit identification, cable fastener busbars and ties, removable upper part with knockouts for cable entry (spare part), certification label. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

408 EN_Book.indb 408

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


Installation and coupling GW40467VT

MODULE COVER PROFILE IN PLASTIC COLOURS CO-ORDINATED WITH 40CDI FLUSH-MOUNTING DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES Code

Colour

GW 40 467 TB GW 40 467 TN GW 40 467 VT GW 40 467 VA

Milk white Toner black Titanium Slate

No. of modules EN 50022 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5

Characteristics

Pack Carton 50 50 50 50

Halogen free Halogen free Halogen free Halogen free

40 CDi Range

Complementary items

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on the windows of the front. Can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors.

GW48645

KIT CONTAINING 4 LONG SELF-THREADING SCREWS WITH SPACERS FOR FIXING LIDS AND FRONTS Code GW 48 645

Screw dimension (mm) Ø 4x45

Spacer thickness (mm) Max 10 mm reducible

Pack Carton 1/100

CHARACTERISTICS: the kit can be used for the following flush-mounting ranges: CD Chorus, CDi/CDKi (from 6 modules upwards), 48 CM and 42 RV.

GW40425

ELEMENT FOR COMBINED COUPLING OF CDKI AND CDI FLUSH-MOUNTING DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

Fixing

Characteristics

GW 40 425

Clip

Halogen free

Pack Carton 10

APPLICATIONS: for CDKi enclosures and boards from 12 modules upwards. Also suitable for 40 CDi decorative enclosures with 8 and 12 modules and for the Home Networking enclosure. NOTE: GWT 850° C according to EN 60695-2-11.

GW40479

ANTI-DEFORMATION BRACKET FOR WALLING BASE BOXES OF CDKI BOARDS Code GW 40 479

For boards EN 50022 rail 18 Modules

Characteristics

Pack Carton 5

Halogen free

APPLICATIONS: avoid back-mounting box deformations during masonry work.

GW48026

PTC BOX COUPLING ADAPTOR Code

Description

Characteristics

GW 48 026

Base box coupling

Halogen free

Pack Carton 5/25

APPLICATIONS: allows the creation of vertical/horizontal combined compositions and easier cable passage.

GW70009

GALVANIZED STEEL EXTENDING BRACKETS FOR REAR FIXING COMPLETE WITH SELF-TAPPING SCREWS - SET OF 4 BRACKETS - 70 RT RANGE Code GW 70 009

Adjustament range 90 - 160 mm

Pack Carton 1/10

APPLICATIONS: when creating upright columns, it allows the creation of an air gap for the passage of conduits between the PTC box and the wall.

GW40402

Wiring TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH INSULATED NEUTRAL AND EARTH BARS FOR ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS Code GW 40 401 GW 40 402 GW 40 404

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

For enclosures 8 modules EN 50022 12 modules EN 50022 18 modules EN 50022

Fixing With screws With screws With screws and/or clip

Pack Carton 10 10 10

GW40451

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SUPPORT FOR ENCLOSURES FOR CAVITY WALLS Code GW 40 451 GW 40 452 GW 40 453

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(16x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10)

For enclosures 12 modules 24 modules 36-48 modules

Pack Carton 20 20 20

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 409

409 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDi Range GW40488

Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures INTERNAL HORIZONTAL DIVIDERS FOR CDKI DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

Fixing

Characteristics

Clip Clip

Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100 10/100

NOTES: they permit making internal separation between the circuits having different voltages located on more than one row inside the same shell.

GW40495

40 CDi Range

GW 40 487 GW 40 488

For boards EN 50022 rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

BLANK COVERING PANELS - 1-MODULE HEIGHT - FOR CDKI BOARDS Code GW 40 495 GW 40 496

Suitable for Flush mounting distr. boards Flush mounting distr. boards

For boards EN 50022 rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

Colour

Characteristics

White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016

Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 20 20

GW66745

GW40457

GW40461

CHARACTERISTICS: sealing.

PAIR OF JOINTS FOR COMBINED COUPLING OF ENCLOSURES FOR CAVITY WALLS Code

Fixing

GW 40 461

Clip

For coupling Vertical

Pack Carton 20

INTERNAL DIVIDERS FOR ENCLOSURES FOR CAVITY WALLS Code GW 40 456 GW 40 457 GW 40 458 GW 40 459 GW 40 460

Type of divider Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Horizontal

For enclosures 12 modules 24 modules 36 modules 48 modules 12-24-36-48 modules

Fixing Clip Clip Clip Clip Clip

Pack Carton 50 50 30 20 50

Grey Yellow Grey RAL 7035

Pack Carton 1/20 1/20 3/60

WATERTIGHT LIDS FOR COMBINED ENCLOSURE 48 PTC RANGE, OF THE GW48686 TYPE Code GW 66 708 GW 66 745 GW 27 401

Dimensions LxH (mm) 85x75 85x75 75x85

Suitable for 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS 2 SYSTEM modules

Colour

APPLICATIONS: GW66745 specific for emergency push-buttons. Possibility of assembly on Q-DIN boards, PTC junction boxes, flanged lids and panels. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket and mounting screws.

410 EN_Book.indb 410

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

06/05/15 10:28


Sundries Code

Material

Characteristics

GW 40 421

Insulation

Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100

40 CDi Range

GW40421

TRIANGULAR SECURITY KEY - FOR 40CDI ENCLOSURES PROTECTED WITH A BLANK DOOR

GW40422

CYLINDER SECURITY LOCK - FOR 40 CDKI AND 40 CDI DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES Code

Material

GW 40 422

Pressure die-cast metal

Pack Carton 1/10

APPLICATIONS: for all the 40 CDKi with door, for the decorative 40 CDi with 24 and 36 modules and for the Home Networking enclosure. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW40463

SECURITY LOCK FOR ENCLOSURES FOR CAVITY WALLS Code GW 40 463

For enclosures 40CD German std flush-mounting

Material Metal

Pack Carton 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW48644

WATERTIGHT CYLINDRICAL SECURITY LOCK Code GW 48 644

For enclosures 48 PTC and 42 RV range

Material Pressure die-cast metal

Pack Carton 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW40467

PLASTIC MODULE COVER PROFILE Code GW 40 467 GW 40 423 GW 40 468

No. of modules EN 50022 4.5 4.5 4.5

Colour

Characteristics

White RAL 9016 Grey RAL 7035 Toner black

Halogen free Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 50 50 50

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

GW40790

Specifics COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS FOR HOME NETWORKING ENCLOSURE Code

Description

GW 40 790 GW 38 095

Empty back-mounting box for Home Networking enclosure Signal socket-outlet expansion kit

Pack Carton 6 1

CHARACTERISTICS: GW38095 is used to increase the number of signal socket-outlets from 12 to 18 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the GW38095 signal socket-outlet expansion kit consists of: 6 RJ45 toolless socket-outlets, cat.6 with lateral butterfly wings; 6 RJ45 socket-outlet supports for DIN rail coupling; 5 telephone cables with RJ45-RJ11 plugs, L=0.5 m; 8 UTP cables, cat.6 LSZH, L=0.6 m; 1 multiple telephone socket-outlet with 5 RJ11 socket-outlets and 2 fixing screws.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDi Range

EN_Book.indb 411

411 06/05/15 10:28


Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards

40 CDe RANGE

EN_Book.indb 413

06/05/15 10:28


40 CDe range Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards 40 CDe - Spanish Standard surface-mounting and flush-mounting enclosures ENCLOSURES TO HOUSE ICP POWER LIMITING CIRCUIT BREAKER - WITHOUT DOOR SEALABLE - IN=40A - GREY RAL 7035

GW40340

40 CDe range

Wall-mounting enclosures without door - IP40 Code GW 40 340

No. of modules EN 50022 4

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 120x195x76

R.U. 1407-D Classifications CS-ICP32

Pack Carton 30

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: service labels.

Flush-mounting enclosures without door - IP40 GW40331

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS TO HOUSE ICP POWER LIMITING CIRCUIT BREAKER SEALABLE - IN=40A -WHITE RAL 9016 Code GW 40 331 GW 40 332

No. EN 50022 mod. ICP sect. 4 4

N. EN 50022 mod. CB section 8 12

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 305x195x75 372x195x75

R.U. 1407-D Classifications CCE-ICP32 CCE-ICP32

Pack Carton 10 10

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: service labels.

GW40336

Flush-mounting enclosures with door - IP40 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS TO HOUSE ICP POWER LIMITING CIRCUIT BREAKER SEALABLE - IN=40A - SMOKED TRANSPARENT DOOR Code

No. EN 50022 mod. ICP sect.

N. EN 50022 mod. CB section

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm)

R.U. 1407-D Classifications

4 4

8 12

329x225x75 400x225x75

CCE-ICP32 CCE-ICP32

Door colour: Smoked Transparent GW 40 336 GW 40 337

10 6

GW40338

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: service labels.

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS TO HOUSE ICP POWER LIMITING CIRCUIT BREAKER SEALABLE - IN=40A - BLANK DOOR Code

No. EN 50022 mod. ICP sect.

N. EN 50022 mod. CB section

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm)

R.U. 1407-D Classifications

4 4

8 12

329x225x75 400x225x75

CCE-ICP32 CCE-ICP32

Door colour: Blank GW 40 338 GW 40 339

Pack Carton 10 6

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: service labels.

414 EN_Book.indb 414

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

06/05/15 10:28


Enclosures with smoked transparent door - IP65 GW40101

ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS Code GW 40 101 GW 40 112 GW 40 116

No. of modules EN 50022 4 8 18

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 143x210x100 215x210x100 410x285x140

Terminal block N (mm²)

Terminal block T (mm²)

(1x25)+(7x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

(1x25)+(7x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

Pack Carton 19 1/12 1/3

Terminal block T (mm²) (10x25)+(28x10) (10x25)+(28x10) (10x25)+(28x10)

Pack Carton 1/2 1 1

40 CDe range

40 CDKe - German Standard surface-mounting enclosures and boards

GW40119

ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS Code GW 40 117 GW 40 118 GW 40 119

No. of modules EN 50022 36 (18x2) 54 (18x3) 72 (18x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 410x463x140 410x655x140 410x878x160

Terminal block N (mm²) (10x25)+(28x10) (10x25)+(28x10) (10x25)+(28x10)

GW40113

ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS AND INTERCHANGEABLE FLANGES (2 FLANGES WITH KNOCKOUT HOLES) - GREY RAL 7035 Code GW 40 113 GW 40 114 GW 40 115

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 298x260x140 298x420x140 298x570x140

Terminal block N (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (6x25)+(20x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (6x25)+(20x10)

Pack Carton 6 3 2

CHARACTERISTICS: the flanges with knockout holes have the following inputs: 4xM16; 4xM20; 3xM25; 1xM32; Glow Wire Test: 750°C ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, screwcaps and module masks for double insulation, circuit labels. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets).

GW40124

ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS AND 2 INTERCHANGEABLE FLANGES (1 FLANGE WITH KNOCKOUT HOLES + 1 FLANGE WITH QUICK-ENTRY CABLE GLANDS) - GREY RAL 7035 Code GW 40 123 GW 40 124 GW 40 125

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 298x260x140 298x420x140 298x570x140

Terminal block N (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (6x25)+(20x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (3x25)+(10x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (6x25)+(20x10)

Pack Carton 6 3 2

CHARACTERISTICS: the flanges with knockout holes have the following inputs: 4xM16; 4xM20; 3xM25; 1xM32; Glow Wire Test: 750°C ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, screwcaps and module masks for double insulation, circuit labels. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets).

GW40022

GW40046

Protected enclosures IP40 ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS Code GW 40 082 GW 40 044 GW 40 046 GW 40 048 GW 40 090 GW 40 092

No. of modules EN 50022 8 12 24 (12X2) 36 (18x2) 54 (18x3) 72 (18x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 220x180x100 280x225x100 280x350x100 400x400x130 400x550x130 400x850x150

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10)

(6x25)+(20x10) (12x25)+(40x10)

(6x25)+(20x10) (12x25)+(40x10)

ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FITTED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS Code GW 40 022 GW 40 023 GW 40 024 GW 40 025 GW 40 027 GW 40 029 GW 40 031

No. of modules EN 50022 2 4 6 8 12+1 24+2 (12x2) 36+3 (12x3)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 45x130x85 90x130x85 140x155x85 180x180x95 250x215x95 250x340x95 250x465x95

Terminal block N (mm²)

Terminal block T (mm²)

(1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)]

(1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) 2x[(1x25)+(7x10)] 2x[(3x25)+(10x10)]

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

EN_Book.indb 415

Pack Carton 1/14 9 6 2 1/2 1

Pack Carton 84 36 34 24 12 12 9

415 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDe range Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards

WALL FIXING BRACKET Code

Material

Accessories supplied

GW 44 621

Insulation

Self-tapping fixing screws

For enclosures For dist. boards All wall types

Pack Carton 40/480

APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW40423

40 CDe range

GW44621

Complementary items

4.5 MODULES COVER Code GW 40 467 GW 40 423

No. of modules EN 50022 4.5 4.5

Colour

Characteristics

White RAL 9016 Grey RAL 7035

Halogen free Halogen free

Pack Carton 50 50

GW44623

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

INSULATING SCREW CAPS Code

Description

Characteristics

GW 44 623

Screwcap Ø25mm

Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100

GW40473

APPLICATIONS: used to restore the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

DESIGN COUPLING COVER FOR CONDUIT AND TRUNKING ENTRY FOR CDK ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS Code GW 40 473 GW 40 474

For encl. /boards with rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

Fixing Clip Clip

Pack Carton 20 20

GW40402

CHARACTERISTICS: covers with internal knockouts for trunking from 60x30mm to 200x60mm.

TERMINAL BLOCK WITH INSULATED NEUTRAL AND EARTH BUSBARS FOR ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS Code GW 40 401 GW 40 402 GW 40 404

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(7x10) (3x25)+(10x10) (5x25)+(14x10)

For enclosures 8 modules EN 50022 12 modules EN 50022 18 modules EN 50022

Fixing With screws With screws With screws and/or clip

Pack Carton 10 10 10

GW40487

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

INTERNAL HORIZONTAL DIVIDER FOR CDK BOARDS Code GW 40 487 GW 40 488

For boards EN 50022 rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

Fixing

Pack Carton 10/100 10/100

Clip Clip

GW40492

CHARACTERISTICS: sealing.

BLANK LID PANELS - 1 MODULE HEIGHT FOR CDKE BOARDS Code GW 40 492 GW 40 493

Suitable for Wall-mounting distribuion boards Wall-mounting distribuion boards

For boards EN 50022 rail 12 Modules 18 Modules

Colour Grey RAL 7035 Grey RAL 7035

Pack Carton 20 20

GW40422

NOTES: for creating internal separation between circuits of differing voltages on several rows within a single casing.

CYLINDRICAL SECURITY LOCK - FOR 40 CDKE ENCLOSURES Code

Material

GW 40 421 GW 40 422

Insulation Pressure die-cast metal

Pack Carton 10/100 1/10

GW40428

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

416 EN_Book.indb 416

INTERCHANGEABLE FLANGE WITH QUICK-ENTRY CABLE GLANDS Code GW 40 428

Entries for flanged 1 for cables Ø 16-29 mm 4 for cables Ø 11-20 m 8 f

Pack Carton 1/20

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

06/05/15 10:28


40 CDe IP30 with terminal block GW43022S

SURFACE-MOUNTING SMALL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS - RAL 9016 Code GW 43 021 S GW 43 022 S GW 43 023 S GW 43 024 S

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 48 (12x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 300x245x95 300x370x95 300x515x95 300x640x95

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

40 CDe range

40 CDe - Surface-mounting enclosures and distribution boards for German standard

40 CDe - German Standard flush-mounting enclosures For brickwork walls - blank door and metal frame - IP40 GW40152

ENCLOSURES FOR MASONRY WALLS EQUIPPED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS - WHITE RAL 9003 Code GW 40 151 GW 40 152 GW 40 153 GW 40 154

No. of modules EN 50022 12+2 24+4 (12x2) 36+6 (12x3) 48+8 (12x4)

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(16x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10)

Dispersible power (W) 28 38 48 60

Pack Carton 2 2 2 2

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: labels with self-adhesive pictograms for the identification of services, positioning brackets for masonry of base, mortar guard, certification label. Enclosures composed by front cover; DIN frame, terminal block and back plastic bottom. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

For plasterboard walls - blank door and metal frame (GWT 850°C) - IP40 GW40162

ENCLOSURES FOR CAVITY WALLS EQUIPPED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS - WHITE RAL 9003 Code GW 40 161 GW 40 162 GW 40 163 GW 40 164

No. of modules EN 50022 12+2 24+4 (12x2) 36+6 (12x3) 48+8 (12x4)

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(16x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10)

Dispersible power (W) 16 19 24 27

Pack Carton 2 2 2 2

CHARACTERISTICS: removable upper part with knockouts for cable entry. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, labels with self-adhesive pictograms for user identification, cable fastener ties,,- removable upper wall with pre-cut holes for cable entry (spare part), certification labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. Enclosures composed by front cover; DIN frame, terminal block and back plastic bottom.

GW43055S

GW43082S

GW43071S

Complementary items BLANK DOORS FOR SURFACE-MOUNTING SMALL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS - RAL 9016 Code GW 43 071 S GW 43 072 S GW 43 073 S GW 43 074 S

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 48 (12x4)

Colour White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016

METAL FRAME FOR FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES Code GW 43 081 S GW 43 082 S GW 43 083 S GW 43 085 S

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 48 (12x4)

Colour White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

BLANK DOORS FOR FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES Code GW 43 055 S GW 43 056 S GW 43 057 S GW 43 058 S

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 48 (12x4)

Colour White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

EN_Book.indb 417

Pack Carton 1/5 1/10 1/10 1/10

Pack Carton 1 1 1/5 1

417 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDe range

GW43101S GW40451

GW43111S

40 CDe range

GW43047S

Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards EXTRACTABLE FRAME FOR FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURE Code GW 43 047 S GW 43 048 S GW 43 049 S

No. of modules EN 50022 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 48 (12x4)

Pack Carton 1 1 1

PLASTIC FRONTAL FOR FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES Code GW 43 101 S GW 43 102 S GW 43 103 S GW 43 104 S

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 48 (12x4)

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

PLASTIC FRONTAL FOR WALL-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES Code GW 43 111 S GW 43 112 S GW 43 113 S GW 43 114 S

No. of modules EN 50022 12 24 (12X2) 36 (12x3) 48 (12x4)

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SUPPORT FOR ENCLOSURES FOR PLASTERBOARD WALLS Code GW 40 451 GW 40 452 GW 40 453

Terminal block N (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(16x10) (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10)

Terminal block T (mm²) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10)

For enclosures 12 modules 24 modules 36-48 modules

Pack Carton 20 20 20

GW40463

GW43042S

GW43045S

GW40457

GW43041S

GW40461

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

PAIR OF JOINTS FOR COMBINED COUPLING OF ENCLOSURES FOR PLASTERBOARD WALLS Code

Fixing

GW 40 461

Clip

For coupling Vertical

Pack Carton 20

CLOSING SLIDE FOR FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES Code GW 43 041 S

Suitable for Plasterboard wall enclosures

Pack Carton 1

INTERNAL DIVIDERS FOR ENCLOSURES FOR PLASTERBOARD WALLS Code GW 40 456 GW 40 457 GW 40 458 GW 40 459 GW 40 460

Type of divider Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Horizontal

For enclosures 12 modules 24 modules 36 modules 48 modules 12-24-36-48 modules

Fixing Clip Clip Clip Clip Clip

Pack Carton 50 50 30 20 50

STRAIN RELIEVE RAIL Code GW 43 045 S

Suitable for Flush mounting enclosures

Pack Carton 10

SEALABLE CLOSURE Code GW 43 042 S

Suitable for Wall mounting

Pack Carton 2/20

SECURITY LOCK Code GW 40 463

For enclosures 40CD German std flush-mounting

Pack Carton 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

418 EN_Book.indb 418

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

06/05/15 10:28


Code GW 40 467

No. of modules EN 50022 4.5

Colour

Characteristics

White RAL 9016

Halogen free

Pack Carton 50

GW43040S

GW43052S

GW43044S

GW43122S

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

CIRCUIT LETTERING STRIPS Code GW 43 122 S

Dimensions (mm) 265x120

CIRCUIT LETTERING STRIPS Code GW 43 044 S

Dimensions (mm) 350x165

Pack Carton 10/100

ENCLOSURE DOOR LOCK CLOSING SHUTTER Code

Description

GW 43 052 S

Lock seat shutter

Pack Carton 1/10

SCREW FOR ENCLOSURE FRONT Code

Description

GW 43 040 S

Screws for enclosure front

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

EN_Book.indb 419

Pack Carton 10/100

40 CDe range

GW40467

4.5 MODULES COVER - COLOUR WHITE

Pack Carton 100

419 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDe range Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards 40 CDe - French Standard modular surface-mounting enclosures ENCLOSURES EQUIPPED WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS - WALLS WITH KNOCKOUT ELEMENTS - WHITE RAL 9016

GW40501

40 CDe range

Enclosures without door - IP30 Code GW 40 501 GW 40 502 GW 40 503 GW 40 504

No. of modules EN 50022 13 26 (13x2) 39 (13x3) 52 (13x4)

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 250x225x93.5 250x350x93.5 250x475x93.5 250x600x93.5

Phase terminal block (NxØmm²)

Terminal block N (mm²)

L(1x35)+(5x25) L(1x35)+(5x25) L(1x35)+(5x25)

N(1x35)+(5x25) N(1x35)+(5x25) N(1x35)+(5x25)

Terminal block T (mm²) E(3x25)+(12x4) E(4x25)+(24x4) E(7x25)+(36x4) E(8x25)+(48x4)

Pack Carton 8 4 4 2

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal blocks, module masks, circuit labels with self-adhesive pictograms, instruction sheet. NOTES: earth terminal blocks with Push-Wire technology. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks and screwcaps)

Support bases for TARIF BLEU connecting switch GW40512

SUPPORT BASES WITHOUT DOOR FOR EDF CONNECTION SWITCH - PLUMBABLE WHITE RAL 9016 Code

Depth

GW 40 511 GW 40 512

40 mm 55 mm

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 250x225x43.5 250x225x58.5

Pack Carton 4 3

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws for the circuit breaker, screwcaps for sealing.

Home VDI enclosure - Grade 1 VDI ENCLOSURE, DEGREE 1, WITH 4 RJ45 CONNECTORS AND 4 TV/SAT OUTPUTS - WHITE RAL 9016 Code GW 40 506

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 250x225x112

Pack Carton 4

APPLICATIONS: allows to distribute Voice (telephone), Data (Internet) and Image (television) signals in every room of the house COMPLETE AND PRE-EQUIPPED ENCLOSURE FITTED WITH: 1 DTI RJ45 connection box with RC module integrated 1 xDSL filter 4 outputs for phone et 1 output for modem 1 TV-SAT splitter 5-2500 MHz 4 outputs 1 Patch panel with 8 seats RJ45 “Keystone” 4 Connectors RJ45 Cat.5e UTP wiring without tool 1 Kit of cords RJ45 for connection 1 Earth terminal block 1 Free space 100mm on DIN rail for the optical fiber DTI NOTES: complies with the minimum equipment required by the French standard NF C 15-100 and guide UTE C 90-483.

ACCESSORIES FOR EXPANSION AND WIRING Code

Description

GW 40 596 GW 40 597

Expansion kit with 2 RJ45 connectors cat. 5e Quadruple RJ45 cord

Pack Carton 1/10 1/10

GW40596 is composed with : 2 Connectors RJ45 Cat.5e UTP wiring without tool 1 Patch cord RJ45 - L = 30 cm NOTE: GW40597 cord RJ45 1 input/ 4 outputs RJ45 for delivering the phone on 4 connectors from only one input

Complementary items GW40516

KIT OF MODULAR SPACERS FOR SUBSCRIBER ENCLOSURES, BASES, CONTAINERS AND BOARDS 50MM THICK - CLIP ASSEMBLY - WHITE RAL 9016 Code GW 40 516 GW 40 517 GW 40 518 GW 40 519

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 250x225x50 250x350x50 250x475x50 250x600x50

Pack Carton 8 4 4 2

NOTE: code GW40516 is also suitable for the support bases and containers for services via cable (T.R.I.)

GW40546

2 PIPE FITTINGS FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL COUPLING OF ENCLOSURES, BASES AND SPACERS Code GW 40 546

Fixing type Clip

Pack Carton 20

APPLICATIONS: for creating combined compositions and subscriber boards.

News

420 EN_Book.indb 420

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

06/05/15 10:28


Code

GW40591

GW40530

GW 40 526 GW 40 527 GW 40 528 GW 40 529

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 156x216x2 156x341x2 156x466x2 156x591x2

For enclosures 13 mod.- 1 row 26 mod.- 2 rows 39 mod.- 3 rows 52 mod.- 4 rows

Pack Carton 8 4 4 2

40 CDe range

GW40527

BACK-MOUNTING PLATES IN INSULATING MATERIAL FOR SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES AND SPACER KIT SLIDE FIXING ON RAIL

INSULATING BACK-MOUNTING PLATES FOR SUPPORT BASES . FIXING TO WALL WITH SCREWS Code GW 40 530

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 244x219x2

Pack Carton 8

INSULATING TERMINAL BLOCKS IP20 FOR FRENCH STANDARD MODULAR ENCLOSURES Code

Type

GW 40 591 GW 40 592 GW 40 593 GW 40 594

Earth Earth Phase Neutral

Cap colour Green Green Black Blue

Connections no. x section (mm²) (3x25)+(12x4) (4x25)+(24x4) (1x35)+(5x25) (1x35)+(5x25)

Type of connection Push-Wire Push-Wire With screw With screw

For enclosures 13M-39M 26M-39M-52M 26M-39M-52M 26M-39M-52M

Pack Carton 20 20 20 20

GW40531

CHARACTERISTICS: Terminal blocks for phase and neutral with In=100 A and Vn=450V.

BLANK DOOR WITH FRAME FOR FINISHING FRENCH STANDARD MODULAR ENCLOSURES WITHOUT DOOR WHITE RAL 9016 - IP40 Code GW 40 531 GW 40 532 GW 40 533 GW 40 534

For enclosures 13 mod.- 1 row 26 mod.- 2 rows 39 mod.- 3 rows 52 mod.- 4 rows

Pack Carton 8 4 4 2

GW40536

CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arranged for housing the GW40422 cylinder security locks

TRANSPARENT SMOKED DOOR WITH FRAME FOR FINISHING FRENCH STANDARD MODULAR ENCLOSURES WITHOUT DOOR - WHITE RAL 9016 - IP40 Code GW 40 536 GW 40 537 GW 40 538 GW 40 539

For enclosures 13 mod.- 1 row 26 mod.- 2 rows 39 mod.- 3 rows 52 mod.- 4 rows

Pack Carton 8 4 4 2

GW40542

CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arranged for housing the GW40422 cylinder security locks

DOOR WITH FRAME FOR FINISHING SUPPORT BASES - CLIP FIXING WHITE RAL 9016 - IP40 Code GW 40 541 GW 40 542

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 250x225 250x225

Door colour White RAL 9016 Smoked Transparent

Pack Carton 4 4

GW40422

CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arranged for housing the GW40422 cylinder security locks.

CYLINDRICAL SECURITY LOCK - FOR 40 CDE (FRENCH STANDARD) ENCLOSURES Code

Material

GW 40 422

Pressure die-cast metal

Pack Carton 1/10

GW44622

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

SCREWCAPS IN INSULATING MATERIAL Code

Description

GW 44 622

Screwcap Ø16mm

For enclosures GW42201

Characteristics Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100

GW40467

APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

PLASTIC MODULE COVER PROFILE Code GW 40 467

No. of modules EN 50022 4.5

Colour

Characteristics

White RAL 9016

Halogen free

Pack Carton 50

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

EN_Book.indb 421

421 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDe range Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards 40 CDe - British Standard surface-mounting enclosures ENCLOSURES FOR MODULAR DEVICES WITH WALLS WITH KNOCK-OUT ELEMENTS, SPLIT-LOAD TYPE WITH 2 RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS - WHITE RAL 9016

GW43901

40 CDe range

Dual RCCB split load - IP30 Code GW 43 901 GW 43 902 GW 43 903 GW 43 904

Total ways 10 (5+5) 10 (5+5) 12 (6+6) 12 (6+6)

Isolator 100 A 100 A 100 A 100 A

RCCB No. 1 (30mA) 63 A 80 A 63 A 80 A

RCCB No. 2 (30mA) 63 A 80 A 63 A 80 A

Pack Carton 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no.1 Isolator, no.2 RCCB, terminal block, busbars, shield IPxxB for connecting live parts and cover pads, module mask and circuit label. NOTES: to maintain the IP degree declared, install devices with a degree of protection of at least IP40 and use the relative accessories (module masks, screw caps or wall mounting brackets). To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screw caps or wall mounting brackets). Door fitted to accommodate security cylinder lock code GW40422. Products in accordance with the BS7671 - 17th edition + emendament 2011. CHARACTERISTICS: NEUTRAL TERMINAL BLOCKS (N°xmm²): 2x[(2x25)+(6x16)]; EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS (N°xmm²): (3x25)+(12x16).

GW43911

ENCLOSURES FOR MODULAR DEVICES WITH WALLS WITH KNOCK-OUT ELEMENTS, SPLIT-LOAD TYPE WITH 2 RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS PLUS A NON- PROTECTED CIRCUIT - WHITE RAL 9016 Code GW 43 911 GW 43 912

Total ways 10 (2+4+4) 12 (2+5+5)

Isolator

RCCB No. 1 (30mA) 63 A 63 A

100 A 100 A

RCCB No. 2 (30mA) 63 A 63 A

Pack Carton 1/4 1/4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no.1 Isolator, no.2 RCCB, terminal block, busbars, shield IPxxB for connecting live parts and cover pads, module mask and circuit label. NOTES: to maintain the IP degree declared, install devices with a degree of protection of at least IP40 and use the relative accessories (module masks, screw caps or wall mounting brackets). To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screw caps or wall mounting brackets). Door fitted to accommodate security cylinder lock code: GW40422. Products in accordance with the BS7671 - 17th edition + emendament 2011. CHARACTERISTICS: NEUTRAL TERMINAL BLOCKS (N°xmm²): 2x[(1x25)+(6x16)]+[(2x25)+(2x16)]; EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS (N°xmm²): (3x25)+(12x16).

GW43921

ENCLOSURES FOR MODULAR DEVICES WITH WALLS WITH KNOCK-OUT ELEMENTS, SPLIT-LOAD TYPE WITH 3 RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS - WHITE RAL 9016 Code GW 43 921

Total ways 10 (2+4+4)

Isolator 100 A

RCCB No. 1 (30mA) 80 A

RCCB No. 2 (30mA) 80 A

RCCB No. 3 (30mA) 40 A

Pack Carton 1/4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no.1 Isolator, no.3 RCCB, terminal block, busbars, shield IPxxB for connecting live parts and cover pads, module mask and circuit label. NOTES: to maintain the IP degree declared, install devices with a degree of protection of at least IP40 and use the relative accessories (module masks, screw caps or wall mounting brackets). To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screw caps or wall mounting brackets). Door fitted to accommodate security cylinder lock code GW40422.. Products in accordance with the BS7671 - 17th edition + emendament 2011. CHARACTERISTICS: NEUTRAL TERMINAL BLOCKS (N°xmm²): 2x[(1x25)+(6x16)]+[(2x25)+(2x16)]; EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS (N°xmm²): (3x25)+(12x16).

GW40023

Surface-mounting ENCLOSURES PRE-FITTED FOR TERMINAL BLOCK HOUSING WITH WALLS WITH KNOCKOUT HOLES GREY RAL 7035 Code GW 40 023 GW 40 026

No. of modules EN 50022 4 8

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 90x130x85 180x180x95

Dispersible power (W) 9 18

Pack Carton 36 24

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

422 EN_Book.indb 422

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

06/05/15 10:28


SINGLE-POLE COMB FOR CONNECTING MODULAR DEVICES Code GW 40 851

No. of modules EN 50022 17

Rated current (A) 100

No. cable inlets 1

No. outputs 16

Pack Carton 20

GW43971

CHARACTERISTICS: specifically designed for GEWISS British Standard enclosures.

NEUTRAL AND EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH SUPPORT FOR BRITISH STANDARD ENCLOSURES CONSUMER UNIT - SCREW FIXING - IP00 Code GW 43 971 GW 43 972 GW 43 973

Terminal block N (mm²) 2x[(2x25)+(6x16)] 2x[(1x25)+(6x16)] 2x[(1x25)+(6x16)] + 1x[(2x25)+(2x16)]

Terminal block T (mm²) (3x25)+(12x16) (3x25)+(12x16) (3x25)+(12x16)

For enclosures GW43901 - GW43902 - GW43903 - GW43904 GW43911 - GW43912 GW43921

40 CDe range

GW40851

Complementary items

Pack Carton 20 20 20

GW43981

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

PAIR OF CABLES FOR PHASE AND NEUTRAL, FOR BRITISH STANDARD ENCLOSURES - CONSUMER UNIT Code GW 43 981

Nominal sections (mm²) 20

Neutral cable Blue - 1x0.40m

Phase cable Brown - 1x0.37m

Pack Carton 1/50

GW40422

GW96045

CHARACTERISTICS: cables with stripped and fitted ends.

MODULE BLANKING PIECES AND BUS BAR COVER Code

Description

GW 96 045

Set of 5 module cap with pedicel caps

Pack Carton 1/50

CYLINDICAL SECURITY LOCK - FOR 43 CD CONSUMER UNITS Code

Material

GW 40 422

Pressure die-cast metal

Pack Carton 1/10

GW44621

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys. NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

WALL FIXING BRACKET, WITH SELF-TAPPING SCREWS - FOR 43 CD CONSUMER UNITS Code

Characteristics

GW 44 621

Halogen free

Pack Carton 40/480

GW44623

APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

SCREWCAPS IN INSULATING MATERIAL Code

Description

GW 44 623

Screwcap Ø25mm

Suitable for All 43 CD Consumer units range

Material Halogen free

Pack Carton 10/100

APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

EN_Book.indb 423

423 06/05/15 10:28


40 CDe range Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards

40 CDe range

GW96156

Switching / Protection devices SWITCH DISCONNECTORS

Code

Rated current

No. of modules EN 50022

Rated voltage

63 A 100 A

2 2

415 V 415 V

No. of poles: 2P

GW94617

GW 96 156 GW 96 158

Code

GW92206

Rated current

No. of modules EN 50022

Idn

25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A

2 2 2 2

30 mA 30 mA 30 mA 30 mA

No. of poles: 2P

Pack Carton 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS - B-CURVE - 1P - 6000 (EN 60898) - 10 KA (EN 60497-2) Code

Rated current

No. of modules EN 50022

6A 10 A 13 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

No. of poles: 1P GW 92 205 GW 92 206 GW 92 214 GW 92 207 GW 92 208 GW 92 209 GW 92 210 GW 92 211 GW 92 212 GW 92 213

EN_Book.indb 424

3/12 3/12

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS - TYPE AC - 2P - 2 MODULES

GW 94 617 GW 94 627 GW 94 790 GW 94 793

424

Pack Carton

Pack Carton 6/24 6/24 6/24 6/24 6/24 6/24 6/24 6/24 6/24 6/24

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

06/05/15 10:28


PADLOCKING LEVER BLOCK Code GW 96 041

Suitable for MTC/MT/MTHP/MDC

Nr. pieces per device 1

Pack Carton 10/100

GW96411

APPLICATIONS: to lock the control lever in "ON" or "OFF" positions. For locks of max Ă˜ 8 mm.

40 CDe range

GW96041

Modular accessories

COMBINED TRANSFORMER-BELL-BUZZER Code GW 96 411

Rated voltage 230 V

No. of modules EN 50022 2

Power loss

Pack Carton 4

3.8 VA

GW96421

CHARACTERISTICS: GW96411 incorporate a very low voltage safety transformer 24V~.

BELL TRANSFORMERS WITH 3 OUTLETS (4 - 8 - 12 V) Code GW 96 421 GW 96 423 GW 96 425

Rated power 5 VA (12 V)/3,3 VA (8 V)/1,7 VA (4 V) 10 VA (12 V)/6,6 VA (8 V)/3,3 VA (4 V) 15 VA (12 V)/10 VA (8 V)/5 VA (4 V)

No. of modules EN 50022 2 2 2

Primary voltage 230 V 230 V 230 V

Secondary voltage 4+8=12 V 4+8=12 V 4+8=12 V

Pack Carton 6 6 6

GW96810

APPLICATIONS: distribution and realisation of SELV very low voltage safety circuits, with a value lower or equal to 24V. They allow electrical separation between the primary and secondary circuits, thus allowing the supply of bells and similar discontinuous operation signalling devices.

STAIRCASE LIGHT TIMING SWITCH Code GW 96 810

Rated voltage (V) 230 ac

Regulation field 30 s - 20 min

Type of contacts 1 NO

Contact rating - In 16 A

No. of modules EN 50022 1

Pack Carton 1/8

No. of modules EN 50022 1

Pack Carton 1/8

GW96813

APPLICATIONS: timed management of the lights in passageway environments (stairs, corridors, entrances, etc.).

STAIRCASE LIGHT TIMING SWITCH WITH SWITCH-OFF WARNING Code GW 96 813

Rated voltage (V) 230 ac

Regulation field 30 s - 20 min

Type of contacts 1 NO

Contact rating - In 16 A

GW96845

APPLICATIONS: timed management of the lights in passageway environments (stairs, corridors, entrances, etc.). A short opening of the contact indicates the lights are about to switch off.

DAILY AND WEEKLY DIGITAL TIME SWITCHES Code GW 96 846 GW 96 844 GW 96 845

No. memories 50 50 50

No. of channels 1 1 2

Rated voltage (V) 230 ac 230 ac 230 ac

Charge reserve 3 years 3 years 3 years

No. modules 1 2 2

Pack Carton 1/4 1/4 1/4

GW96892

NOTE: each time memorised is a memory occupied.

PHOTOELECTRIC CELLS (WITH OUTDOOR PROBE) Code GW 96 892

Rated voltage (V) 230 ac

No. of contacts 1

Brightness control 2...500 lux

No. of modules EN 50022 1

Pack Carton 1/2

APPLICATIONS: control the on/off switching of external lighting devices depending on outside lighting. The switchover delay prevents untimely interventions.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Building > Distribution and automation boards, enclosures and columns > 40 CDe range

EN_Book.indb 425

425 06/05/15 10:28


Products for photovoltaic systems

90 PV range

EN_Book.indb 107

06/05/15 10:03


90 PV range Products for photovoltaic systems

Products for photovoltaic systems The 90 PV range includes 6 string boards versions which are able to comply various installation requirements in the photovoltaic sector, from residential to the commercial/ industrial sector. Every string board version has different number of strings or string voltage level. In addition to string boards, the range also offers modular products specific for the DC side of photovoltaic system such as.

108 EN_Book.indb 108

Switch disconnectors;

Surge protective devices;

Fuse-holder and fuses.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Modular devices > 90 PV range

06/05/15 10:03


Ready to be connected The string boards are already complete with cable glands and terminal blocks enabling quick and easy safe connection to the system. The cable glands are supplied as spare parts, so the connection cable can be made according to individual needs (from the top, bottom or sides). They are supplied with insulated and earth terminals.

Already tested certified The string boards have been tested in the GEWISS laboratories, passing all the tests envisaged by standards EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2 for product certification.

The ideal range for every application The 90 PV range contains 6 versions to meet the most varying photovoltaic plant engineering requirements, from residential applications to commercial/industrial sectors. The different versions are distinguished by the number of strings that can be managed and by the voltage level of the photovoltaic plants.

Wide range The Gewiss range for the protection of AC side allows to meet always every installation need from residential to the commercial/industrial sector, offering a wide family of products from modular devices to MCCB’s, from modular accessories up to distribution boards.

Photograph the QR code to discover the new technical specifications

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Modular devices > 90 PV range

EN_Book.indb 109

109 06/05/15 10:03


90 PV range Products for photovoltaic systems 90 PV RANGE - STRING BOARDS 2 STRINGS - 600V DC - 25A GW D9901 Pre-wired board for connecting 1 or 2 strings of photovoltaic panels to the inverter. It includes: • watertight enclosure • 1 rotary switch disconnector 2-pole • 1 surge protective device with extractable cartridges

TECHNICAL DATA Standards:

EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2

No. of modules of 40CDK enclosure:

1x12

Degree of protection:

IP65

Insulation class:

Class II

Rated voltage of the switch disconnector (Ue):

600V dc

Rated current of the switch disconnector (In):

25A

90 PV range

Rated operational voltage of the SPD (Un):

600V dc

Connection cable section:

6mm²

STRING BOARD EQUIPMENT: cable glands (supplied loose) and equipotential terminal blocks.

3 STRINGS - 600V DC - 25A GW D9902 Pre-wired board for connecting 3 strings of photovoltaic panels to the inverter. It includes: • watertight enclosure • 1 rotary switch disconnector 2-pole • 1 surge protective device with extractable cartridges • 3 disconnectable fuse-holders

TECHNICAL DATA Standards:

EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2

No. of modules of 40CDK enclosure:

2x12

Degree of protection:

IP65

Insulation class:

Class II

Rated voltage of the switch disconnector (Ue):

600V dc

Rated current of the switch disconnector (In):

25A

Rated operational voltage of the SPD (Un):

600V dc

Connection cable section:

6mm²

STRING BOARD EQUIPMENT: cable glands (supplied loose) and equipotential terminal blocks. NB: DC fuses not supplied.

4 STRINGS - 600V DC - 50A GW D9903 Pre-wired board for connecting 4 strings of photovoltaic panels to the inverter. It includes: • watertight enclosure • 1 rotary switch disconnector 4-pole • 1 surge protective device with extractable cartridges • 4 disconnectable fuse-holders

TECHNICAL DATA Standards:

EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2

No. of modules of 40CDK enclosure: Degree of protection:

2x12 IP65

Insulation class:

Class II

Rated voltage of the switch disconnector (Ue):

600V dc

Rated current of the switch disconnector (In):

50 A (2 poles in parallel)

Rated operational voltage of the SPD (Un): Connection cable section:

600V dc 6mm²

STRING BOARD EQUIPMENT: cable glands (supplied loose) and equipotential terminal blocks. NB: DC fuses not supplied.

110 EN_Book.indb 110

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Modular devices > 90 PV range

06/05/15 10:03


2 STRINGS - 800V DC - 20A GW D9906 Pre-wired board for connecting 1 or 2 strings of photovoltaic panels to the inverter. It includes: • watertight enclosure • 1 rotary switch disconnector 2-pole • 1 surge protective device with extractable cartridges

TECHNICAL DATA Standards:

EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2

No. of modules of 40CDK enclosure:

1x12

Degree of protection:

IP65

Insulation class:

Class II

Rated voltage of the switch disconnector (Ue):

800V dc

Rated current of the switch disconnector (In):

20A

Rated operational voltage of the SPD (Un):

1000V dc

Connection cable section:

90 PV range

6mm²

STRING BOARD EQUIPMENT: cable glands (supplied loose) and equipotential terminal blocks.

3 STRINGS - 1000V DC - 32A GW D9907 Pre-wired board for connecting 3 strings of photovoltaic panels to the inverter. It includes: • watertight enclosure • 1 rotary switch disconnector 4-pole • 1 surge protective device with extractable cartridges • 3 disconnectable fuse-holders

TECHNICAL DATA Standards:

EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2

No. of modules of 40CDK enclosure:

2x12

Degree of protection:

IP65

Insulation class:

Class II

Rated voltage of the switch disconnector (Ue):

1000V dc

Rated current of the switch disconnector (In):

32A (4 poles in series)

Rated operational voltage of the SPD (Un):

1000V dc

Connection cable section:

6mm²

STRING BOARD EQUIPMENT: cable glands (supplied loose) and equipotential terminal blocks. NB: DC fuses not supplied.

4 STRINGS - 1000V DC - 32A GW D9908 Pre-wired board for connecting 4 strings of photovoltaic panels to the inverter. It includes: • watertight enclosure • 1 rotary switch disconnector 4-pole • 1 surge protective device with extractable cartridges • 4 disconnectable fuse-holders

TECHNICAL DATA Standards: No. of modules of 40CDK enclosure: Degree of protection: Insulation class:

EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2 2x12 IP65 Class II

Rated voltage of the switch disconnector (Ue):

1000V dc

Rated current of the switch disconnector (In):

32A (4 poles in series)

Rated operational voltage of the SPD (Un): Connection cable section:

1000V dc 6mm²

STRING BOARD EQUIPMENT: cable glands (supplied loose) and equipotential terminal blocks. NB: DC fuses not supplied.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Modular devices > 90 PV range

EN_Book.indb 111

111 06/05/15 10:03


Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A

47 CVX 1600

EN_Book.indb 231

06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A

Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A With regards to metal distribution boards for indoor installation and applications up to 3200A, Gewiss offers: â–

232 EN_Book.indb 232

The range of modular distribution boards CVX 1600, already fitted for installation of modular devices belonging to 90 range and MTX moulded-case circuit breakers range up to 1600 A. The range comprise a fully integrated system that, by starting from a preconfigured structure in kit form, lets you create any type of cabinet both secondary distribution and primary distribution type.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


Maximum safety The cabinets can be easily configured from their basic form 2 to segregation forms 3 and 4 by using kits to assemble internal panelling quickly and easily without additional cutting, folding or drilling operations.

Comfortable mounting The panels have vertical 100mm modularity and are fitted with an invisible hinge on the outside, which can be mounted either on the right or on the left, and which guarantees panel earthing, making the equipotential connection superfluous.

Easy handiness The extremely compact dimensions of the system allow the busbars to be mounted directly inside the switchgear, positioning them horizontally or vertically, on the back or on the side of the structure, keeping front access, also thanks to the practicality of the scaled type busbar holder.

Quick installation The structure is completed with two types of functional frames, fitted with reference nicks (at 100 mm pitch) to avoid annoying measurements during assembly of the apparatus kits: - open functional frame (can be used in switchgear where no form of segregation is required); - closed functional frame (can be used in switchgear where forms 2-3 and 4 segregation are required).

Photograph the QR code to discover the new technical specifications

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 233

233 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A Selection tables CVX 1600 STRUCTURES STRUCTURE Functional dimensions

Overall external dimensions (including a plinth, 2 side panels, a rear panel and a curved glass door)

Base/Head/ Skirting

Uprights

Functional frames for non-separated enclosures

Functional frames for separated enclosures

H

L

D

H

L

D

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm) 389

GW 49 001

-

-

400

600

538

664

GW 49 002

-

-

400

1800

600

864

GW 49 003

-

-

GW 49 004

-

-

600

2031

748

600

948

400

600

850

Internal compartment

389

800

2000

Closed frame

800

400

400

Internal compartment

400 800 850

Open frame

600

538

664

GW 49 005

864

GW 49 006

389

GW 49 007

664

GW 49 008

864

GW 49 009

GW 49 011

GW 49 021

-

GW 49 023

-

-

-

GW 49 112

GW 49 111

389

GW 49 001

-

-

664

GW 49 002

-

-

800

864

GW 49 003

-

-

400

389

GW 49 004

-

-

664

GW 49 005

600

2231

748

800

864

GW 49 006

400

389

GW 49 007

664

GW 49 008

864

GW 49 009

600

948

800

GW 49 012

GW 49 022

-

GW 49 024

-

-

-

GW 49 114

GW 49 113

NB: for more details about the real overall dimensions, refer to the dimension tables on the technical pages.

EXTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT Overall external dimensions (including a plinth, rear panel and external front door)

Functional dimensions

47 CVX 1600 Range

H

L

D

H

L

D

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

400 1800

300

600

2031

420

800 400 2000

300

600 800

2231

420

Base/Head/ Skirting

362

GW 49 115

637

GW 49 116

837

GW 49 117

362

GW 49 115

637

GW 49 116

837

GW 49 117

Uprights

GW 49 011

GW 49 012

Internal door External front IP 31/41 door IP 65

GW 49 121

GW 49 122

GW 49 123

GW 49 124

Aerated side panel IP 41

Solid side panel IP 65

-

GW 49 041

GW 49 031

GW 49 042

GW 49 032

GW 49 043

-

GW 49 044

GW 49 033

GW 49 045

GW 49 034

GW 49 046

NB: for more details about the real overall dimensions, refer to the dimension tables on the technical pages.

234 EN_Book.indb 234

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


STRUCTURE Side covers

Aerated side panel IP 41

Side panel IP 65

Finish profile IP 31

Front and rear covers IP 65

Side door IP 65

-

GW 49 041

GW 49 051

GW 49 031

GW 49 042

GW 49 053

GW 49 032

GW 49 043

GW 49 055

-

GW 49 041

GW 49 051

GW 49 031

GW 49 042

GW 49 053

GW 49 032

GW 49 043

GW 49 055

-

GW 49 041

GW 49 051

GW 49 031

GW 49 042

GW 49 053

GW 49 032

GW 49 043

GW 49 055

-

GW 49 044

GW 49 052

GW 49 033

GW 49 045

GW 49 054

GW 49 034

GW 49 046

GW 49 056

-

GW 49 044

GW 49 052

GW 49 033

GW 49 045

GW 49 054

GW 49 034

GW 49 046

GW 49 056

-

GW 49 044

GW 49 052

GW 49 033

GW 49 045

GW 49 054

GW 49 034

GW 49 046

GW 49 056

Glass door 12/24/36 mod.

Protruding glass door 24/36 mod.

GW 49 061

-

Solid door 12/24/36 mod.

Rear panel

GW 49 081

GW 49 091

GW 49 063

GW 49 071

GW 49 083

GW 49 092

GW 49 065

GW 49 073

GW 49 085

GW 49 093

GW 49 082

GW 49 094

GW 49 062

-

See the technicalcommercial tables for the choice available

GW 49 064

GW 49 072

GW 49 084

GW 49 095

GW 49 066

GW 49 074

GW 49 086

GW 49 096

EXTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT Rear panel IP65

Finish profile IP 31

47 CVX 1600 Range

Side door IP 65

GW 49 051 GW 49 053

GW 49 097 See the technical commercial tables for the choice available

GW 49 055 GW 49 052 GW 49 054

GW 49 098

GW 49 056

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 235

235 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A KIT OF MTX, MTS MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND MSS SWITCH DISCONNECTORS FOR NON-SEPARATED CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION CABINETS

NON-SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION CABINETS FIXED VERSION motor control

motor control

direct rotating handle

H

Horizontal kit

L

Vertical kit

Horizontal kit

LEVER CONTROL L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=850mm (36 mod.)

Horizontal kit

DIRECT ROTATING HANDLE

MOTOR CONTROL

INTERLOCKED

MOTORISED INTERLOCKED

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=850mm (36 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

MTX rear and front couplings

Panel height (mm)

N. poles

L=400mm (12 mod.)

MTX/M 160c

200

3-4P

GW 49 183

GW 49 861

-

GW 49 866

-

GW 49 861

-

-

200

4P

GW 49 186

GW 49 863

GW 49 926

-

-

-

-

-

200

3-4P

GW 49 184

GW 49 862

-

GW 49 867

-

GW 49 862

-

-

200

4P

GW 49 187 (1)

GW 49 864 (1)

GW 49 927 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

200 500

3-4P 3-4P

GW 49 188 -

GW 49 868 -

GW 49 928 -

GW 49 869 -

-

GW 49 868 -

GW 49 875

GW 49 875

300

4P

GW 49 192 (1)

GW 49 870 (1)

GW 49 929 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

200 300 600

3-4P 3-4P 3-4P

GW 49 193 -

GW 49 876 -

-

GW 49 876 -

-

GW 49 876 -

GW 49 884

GW 49 884

200

4P

-

GW 49 880

-

-

-

-

-

-

300

3-4P

GW 49 195

GW 49 888

GW 49 931

GW 49 888

-

GW 49 888

-

-

300 600

3-4P 3-4P

GW 49 195 -

GW 49 888 -

GW 49 931 -

GW 49 888 -

-

GW 49 888 -

GW 49 904

GW 49 904

300

4P

-

GW 49 902

GW 49 933

-

-

-

-

-

500 800 600 800

3-4P 3-4P 3-4P 4P

-

GW 49 906

-

GW 49 908 GW 49 312 (2) -

-

GW 49 909 GW 49 313 (2) -

GW 49 911 (2) GW 49 314

GW 49 912 (2) GW 49 315

MSS 250

300

3-4P

-

-

-

GW 49 491

GW 49 494

-

-

-

MSS 630

400

3-4P

-

-

-

GW 49 492

GW 49 495

-

-

-

300 400 400 500

3-4P 3-4P 3-4P 3-4P

GW 49 189 GW 49 194 -

GW 49 873 GW 49 877 -

GW 49 930 -

GW 49 877 -

-

GW 49 877 -

-

-

500

4P

-

GW 49 881

-

-

-

-

-

-

400

3-4P

GW 49 196

GW 49 895

GW 49 932

GW 49 895

-

GW 49 895

-

-

400 500

3-4P 3-4P

GW 49 196 -

GW 49 895 -

GW 49 932 -

GW 49 895 -

-

GW 49 895 -

-

-

500

4P

GW 49 197

GW 49 903

GW 49 934

-

-

-

-

-

500

3-4P

-

GW 49 915

GW 49 935

GW 49 917

-

GW 49 918

-

-

MTSE/M 1600

700

3-4P

-

GW 49 317

GW 49 340

GW 49 319

-

GW 49 320

-

-

MSS 250

300

3-4P

-

-

-

GW 49 491

GW 49 494

-

-

-

MSS 630

500

3-4P

-

-

-

GW 49 493

GW 49 496

-

-

-

HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION MTX/M 160c with “L” RCD MTX/E 160 MTX/E 160 with “L” RCD MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 with “L” RCD MTX/E/M 320 MTX/E/M 320 with RCD MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 (400A) MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630 with RCD MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000 MTSE/M 1600

GW 49 311 (2)

VERTICAL INSTALLATION MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTX/E/M 320 with RCD MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 (400A) MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630

47 CVX 1600 Range

MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630 with RCD MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000

(1) front coupling only

(2) rear coupling only

Notes: the MSS 125 and MSS 160 switch disconnectors can be installed on the DIN rail kits

236 EN_Book.indb 236

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


NON-SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION CABINETS PLUG-IN VERSION motor control

WITHDRAWABLE VERSION motor control

motor control

direct rotating handle

Horizontal kit

Horizontal kit

LEVER CONTROL

motor control

direct rotating handle

Horizontal kit

DIRECT ROTATING HANDLE

MOTOR CONTROL

Horizontal kit

MOTORISED INTERLOCKED INTERLOCKED L=600mm (24 mod.)

Horizontal kit

LEVER CONTROL L=400mm (12 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

Horizontal kit

DIRECT ROTATING HANDLE

MOTOR CONTROL

INTERLOCKED

MOTORISED INTERLOCKED

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=400mm (12 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 185

GW 49 865

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 190 -

GW 49 872 -

GW 49 871 -

GW 49 872 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 878 -

-

-

GW 49 884

GW 49 884

-

GW 49 882 -

GW 49 882 -

GW 49 886 -

GW 49 885

GW 49 885

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 889

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 891

GW 49 891

GW 49 893

-

-

-

GW 49 890 -

-

-

GW 49 904

GW 49 904

-

GW 49 892 -

GW 49 892 -

GW 49 894 -

GW 49 905

GW 49 905

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 907 -

GW 49 907 -

GW 49 910 -

GW 49 913 GW 49 316

GW 49 914 GW 49 315

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 191 -

GW 49 874 GW 49 879 -

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 883 -

GW 49 883 -

GW 49 887 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 896

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 898

GW 49 898

GW 49 900

-

-

-

GW 49 897

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 899

GW 49 899

GW 49 901

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 916

GW 49 916

GW 49 919

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 318

GW 49 318

GW 49 322

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 237

47 CVX 1600 Range

VERTICAL INSTALLATION

237 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A KIT OF MTX AND MTS MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR SEPARATED CVX 1600 DISTIBUTION CABINETS SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FIXED VERSION motor control

motor control

direct rotating handle

H

Horizontal kit

Horizontal kit

L

LEVER CONTROL MTX rear coupling kit

Panel height (mm)

N. poles

L=400mm (12 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

Horizontal kit

DIRECT ROTATING HANDLE

MOTOR CONTROL

INTERLOCKED

MOTORISED INTERLOCKED

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION MTX/M 160c

200

3-4P

GW 49 584

GW 49 941

-

GW 49 941

-

-

MTX/M 160c with “L” RCD

200

4P

-

GW 49 943

-

-

-

-

MTX/E 160

200

3-4P

GW 49 585

GW 49 942

GW 49 945

GW 49 942

-

-

200

3-4P

GW 49 587

GW 49 946

GW 49 947

GW 49 946

-

-

MTX/M 250

MTX/E/M 320

MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 (400A) MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000 MTSE/M 1600

600

3-4P

-

-

-

-

GW 49 950

GW 49 950

200

3-4P

GW 49 589

GW 49 951

GW 49 951

GW 49 954

-

-

300

3-4P

-

-

-

-

-

-

600

3-4P

-

-

-

-

GW 49 958

GW 49 958

300

3-4P

GW 49 592

GW 49 963

GW 49 963

GW 49 970

-

-

300

3-4P

GW 49 592

GW 49 963

GW 49 963

GW 49 970

-

-

600

3-4P

-

-

-

-

GW 49 976

GW 49 976

500

3-4P

-

GW 49 980

GW 49 982

GW 49 981

-

-

800

3-4P

-

-

-

-

GW 49 985

GW 49 986

600

3-4P

-

GW 49 432

GW 49 433

GW 49 434

-

-

800

4P

-

-

-

-

GW 49 435

GW 49 436

VERTICAL INSTALLATION

47 CVX 1600 Range

MTX/E/M 320

400

3-4P

GW 49 590

GW 49 955

-

-

-

-

MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 (400A)

400

3-4P

GW 49 593

GW 49 971

-

-

-

-

MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630

400

3-4P

GW 49 593

GW 49 971

-

-

-

-

MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000

500

3-4P

-

GW 49 989

GW 49 991 (1)

GW 49 992 (1)

-

-

MTSE/M 1600

800

3-4P

-

GW 49 439

GW 49 441 (1)

GW 49 442 (1)

-

-

(1)

only form 2

238 EN_Book.indb 238

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS PLUG-IN VERSION motor control

WITHDRAWABLE VERSION motor control

motor control

direct rotating handle

Vertical kit

Horizontal kit

LEVER CONTROL L=400mm (12 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

motor control

direct rotating handle

Horizontal kit

Horizontal kit

DIRECT ROTATING HANDLE

MOTOR CONTROL

INTERLOCKED

MOTORISED INTERLOCKED

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

Horizontal kit

LEVER CONTROL L=400mm (12 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

Horizontal kit

DIRECT ROTATING HANDLE

MOTOR CONTROL

INTERLOCKED

MOTORISED INTERLOCKED

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

L=600mm (24 mod.)

HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 586

GW 49 944

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 588

GW 49 948

GW 49 949

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 952

GW 49 952

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 953

GW 49 953

GW 49 960 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 958

GW 49 959

-

-

-

-

GW 49 961

GW 49 962

-

GW 49 964

GW 49 964

-

-

-

-

GW 49 966

GW 49 966

GW 49 968 (1)

-

-

-

GW 49 965

GW 49 965

-

-

-

-

GW 49 967

GW 49 967

GW 49 969 (1)

-

GW 49 979

-

-

-

-

GW 49 976

GW 49 977

-

-

-

-

GW 49 978

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 984

GW 49 984

GW 49 983 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 987

GW 49 988

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 437

GW 49 438

-

GW 49 956

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 957

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 972

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 974

-

-

-

-

GW 49 594

GW 49 973

-

-

-

-

GW 49 595

GW 49 975

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 990

GW 49 990 (1)

GW 49 993 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 440

GW 49 440 (1)

GW 49 443 (1)

-

-

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 239

47 CVX 1600 Range

VERTICAL INSTALLATION

239 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION CABINETS CONFIGURATION Panel height (mm)

L= 400 mm (12 mod.)

L= 600 mm (24 mod.)

L= 850 mm (36 mod.)

INSTALLATION ON DIN RAIL KIT - NON-SEPARATED ENCLOSURES DISTRIBUTION CABINETS DIN rail kit

1-DIN row installation kit

-

GW 49 221

GW 49 223

GW 49 227

200

GW 49 501

GW 49 502

GW 49 506

-

-

GW 49 225

GW 49 228

300

-

GW 49 504

GW 49 508

-

-

GW 49 148

GW 49 149

200

-

GW 49 502

GW 49 506

-

-

GW 49 148

GW 49 149

300

-

GW 49 146

GW 49 147

-

GW 49 222

GW 49 224

GW 49 230

Front panel with window

200

GW 49 501

GW 49 502

GW 49 506

Back-mounting plate

200

GW 49 819

GW 49 823

GW 49 851

100 200 300 400 600 800 1800 2000

GW 49 451 GW 49 452 GW 49 453 GW 49 454 GW 49 455 -

GW 49 456 GW 49 457 GW 49 458 GW 49 459 GW 49 460 GW 49 461 GW 49 463 GW 49 464

GW 49 470 GW 49 471 GW 49 472 GW 49 473 GW 49 474 GW 49 481 GW 49 476 GW 49 477

200

-

GW 49 465

GW 49 478

400

-

GW 49 466

GW 49 479

600

-

GW 49 467

GW 49 480

100

-

GW 49 468

-

200

-

GW 49 469

-

No. 2 instruments 72x72mm No. 2 switches

200

-

GW 49 514

GW 49 518

No. 2 instruments 96x96mm No. 2 switches

200

-

GW 49 515

GW 49 519

No. 4 instruments 72x72mm No. 1 switch

200

-

GW 49 516

GW 49 520

No. 4 instruments 96x96 mm No. 1 switch

200

-

GW 49 517

GW 49 521

200

GW 49 801

GW 49 805

GW 49 812

300

-

GW 49 806

GW 49 813

400

-

GW 49 807

GW 49 814

600

-

GW 49 808

GW 49 815

200

-

GW 49 809

GW 49 816

400

-

GW 49 810

GW 49 817

600

-

GW 49 811

GW 49 818

200

GW 49 819

GW 49 823

GW 49 851

300

-

GW 49 824

GW 49 852

400

-

GW 49 825

GW 49 853

600

-

GW 49 826

GW 49 854

800

-

GW 49 827

GW 49 855

1800

-

GW 49 828

GW 49 830

2000

-

GW 49 829

GW 49 831

structures P= 600

-

-

GW 49 832 GW 49 833

GW 49 832 GW 49 833

structures P= 800

-

-

GW 49 834

GW 49 834

Front panel with window DIN rail kit

2-DIN row installation kit

Front panel with window DIN rail kit

1-DIN row strengthened installation kit for MTX

Front panel with window

Strengthened installation kit for MTX with “L” residual current device

DIN rail kit Front panel with window

INSTALLATION ON DIN RAIL KIT - SEPARATED ENCLOSURES DISTRIBUTION CABINETS DIN rail kit 1-DIN row installation kit

FRONT PANELS

H Flat blank

L Sunken blank

Aerated

For measuring instruments and three-way switches

BACK-MOUNTING PLATES - NON-SEPARATED ENCLOSURES DISTRIBUTION CABINETS Flat

Sunken

BACK-MOUNTING PLATES - SEPARATED ENCLOSURES DISTRIBUTION CABINETS 47 CVX 1600 Range

Flat

FULL-HEIGHT BACK-MOUNTING PLATES support

Back-mounting plates

240 EN_Book.indb 240

back-mounting plate

Back-mounting plates Supports

structures P= 400

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION CABINETS CONFIGURATION DIVIDERS FOR MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS INTERNAL SEPARATION FORM

200 L = 400mm

FORM 2A

Panel height (mm) 400 500

300

600

800

STANDARD MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS KIT FOR SEPARATED ENCLOSURES

L = 600mm

+ FORM 3A

L = 400mm

GW 49 561

GW 49 561

GW 49 561

GW 49 561

GW 49 561

GW 49 561

L = 600mm

GW 49 562

GW 49 562

GW 49 562

GW 49 562

GW 49 562

GW 49 562

MCCB in HORIZONTAL position

FORM 3B

L = 400mm

GW 49 531

GW 49 532

-

-

GW 49 534 (1)

-

L = 600mm

GW 49 535

GW 49 536

-

GW 49 538

GW 49 539

GW 49 544

MCCB in VERTICAL position D = 600mm

-

-

GW 49 996

GW 49 540

-

-

D = 800mm

-

-

GW 49 997

GW 49 541

-

GW 49 543

GW 49 554

-

+ MCCB in HORIZONTAL position D = 600mm GW 49 550

FORM 4B

(2)

GW 49 551

-

GW 49 553

D = 800mm

MCCB in VERTICAL position D = 600mm

-

-

GW 49 998

GW 49 555

-

-

D = 800mm

-

-

GW 49 999

GW 49 556

-

GW 49 558

Only for back-mounting plate H=600mm

INTERNAL SEPARATION FOR BUSBARS Horizontal busbars Universal horizontal separation Horizontal separation Rear vertical separation Cable compartment separation D= 600/800mm Vertical busbars Vertical separation (H = 1800mm) Internal compartment rear separation (H = 1800mm) Vertical separation (H = 2000mm) Internal compartment rear separation (H = 2000mm)

External cable compartment

GW 49 575 D = 800mm GW 49 569 GW 49 571 GW 49 570 GW 49 572

L= 400mm (12 mod.) GW 49 561 GW 49 563 GW 49 565 GW 49 576 (2) -

L= 600mm (24 mod.) GW 49 562 GW 49 564 GW 49 566 GW 49 577 (2) -

L= 850mm (36 mod.) GW 49 578 -

Structure used as external cable compartment.

NOTES: To create the circuit breaker dividers, use: cabinets with base B = 400/600 mm (also B = 850 mm, but with internal cable compartment) and with depth P = 600/800 mm, closed functional frames, installation kit for moulded-case circuit breakers in segregated version, and moulded-case circuit breakers with the relative rear terminals. For modular devices on DIN rail, the back-mounting plate for segregated cabinets (GW 49819 รท GW 49827) is necessary, as well as the DIN rail for closed frames and the DIN panel with windows. The minimum segregation is Form 2A, obtained by using the installation kit for the specific MCCB for segregated cabinets and positioning 2 horizontal shelves (GW 49561 for B = 400 mm or GW 49562 for B = 600 mm), one at the top of the cabinet (at the start of the column) and one at the bottom (at the end of the column) (figure A). If the MCCB back-mounting plates are not aligned, add a horizontal shelf (GW 49561 for B = 400 mm or GW 49562 for B = 600 mm) for each circuit breaker cell with a plate not aligned with the adjacent cell (figures B and C). To create MCCB dividers greater than Form 2A, you must add the higher form kits to the elements of Form 2A until you obtain the required form (see below): Form 3A = Form 2A kit + Form 3A kit Form 3B = Form 2A kit + Form 3B kit Form 4B = Form 2A kit + Form 3B kit + Form 4B kit

A

B

GW 49 561 GW 49 562

Separation examples: - form 2A with aligned plates (A) - form 2A with unaligned plates (B) - front view of the functional unit cell (C).

C

47 CVX 1600 Range

(2)

Internal cable compartment GW 49 574 D = 600mm GW 49 567 GW 49 571 GW 49 568 GW 49 572

GW 49 561 GW 49 562 GW 49 561 GW 49 562

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 241

241 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A COMPATIBILITY BETWEEN MTX, MTS MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND MSS SWITCH DISCONNECTORS WITH NON-SEPARATED CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION CABINETS

NON-SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION CABINETS FIXED VERSION LEVER CONTROL MTX/M 160c MTX/M 160c + BD residual current device MTX/E 160 MTX/E 160 + BD residual current device MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 + BD residual current device MTX/E/M 320 MTX/E/M 320 + BD residual current device MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 + BD residual current device MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000 MTSE 1600 MTSM 1600

front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections

D = 600mm

D = 800mm

• • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

• • •

-

-

• -

• -

• -

• -

• -

• -

DIRECT ROTARY HANDLE / MOTOR OPERATING MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000 MTSE 1600 MTSM 1600 MSS 250 MSS 630

front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections

PLUG-IN VERSION

D = 400mm

• • • • • -

• -

• -

• -

• -

WITHDRAWABLE VERSION

D = 400mm

D = 600mm

D = 800mm

D = 400mm

D = 600mm

D = 800mm

-

-

-

-

-

-

• •

• •

• •

• • •

• •

• •

• • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • •

• •

• •

• •

• •

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

• -

-

• -

-

-

-

• •

• •

-

-

-

-

-

• •

• •

• •

• •

-

-

-

-

• • -

• • • •

1 1 -

1 1 1 1 1 1 -

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 -

-

-

-

INTERLOCKED / MOTORISED INTERLOCKED front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250

47 CVX 1600 Range

MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000 MTSE 1600 MTSM 1600 SYMBOL LEGEND

242 EN_Book.indb 242

-

• -

• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

-

• • • • -

• • • • -

• • • • • -

Recommended solutions

2

Use only the protruding glass door with motor control versions

1

Use only the protruding glass door with direct rotating handle versions

3

Use only the protruding glass door with motor control interlocked versions

• • • • • • 3 3

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


COMPATIBILITY BETWEEN MTX, MTS MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND MSS SWITCH DISCONNECTORS WITH SEPARATED CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION CABINETS

SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FIXED VERSION D = 600mm

PLUG-IN VERSION

WITHDRAWABLE VERSION

D = 800mm

D = 600mm

D = 800mm

D = 600mm

D = 800mm

-

-

-

-

-

LEVER CONTROL MTX/M 160c MTX/M 160c + BD residual current device MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000 MTSE 1600 MTSM 1600

front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

DIRECT ROTARY HANDLE / MOTOR OPERATING MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000 MTSE 1600 MTSM 1600 MSS 250 MSS 630

front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

• -

2 2 2 -

2 2 2 -

1-2 1-2 1-2 -

1-2 1-2 1-2 3 -

3 3 -

3 3 -

3 3 -

3 3 -

INTERLOCKED / MOTORISED INTERLOCKED MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630 MTXM 800 MTX/E/M 1000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

• -

• 3

47 CVX 1600 Range

MTSE 1600 MTSM 1600

front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections front connections rear connections

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 243

243 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A CVX 1600 Electrical characteristics

Mechanical characteristics

Standards: EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2, EN 62208

Degree of protection: IP31/41 without door

Rated current (In): up to 3200 A

IP41 with glass/blank door and aeration side panels

Rated operational voltage (Ue): up to 690 V ac

IP65 with glass/blank door

Rated insulation voltage (Ui): up to 1000 V ac

Impact resistance:

IK 07 for glass door

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): 8 kV 1.2/50 μs

IK 10 for metal casing and front panels

Rated conditioned short-circuit current (Icc): 100 kA

Operating temperature: -5°C ÷ 40°C

Rated peak withstand current (lpk): 254 kA

Storage temperature: -25°C ÷ 55°C

Rated short-time withstand current (Icw): 100 kA (1s)

Sheet steel casing: 15/10 mm thick

Short-circuiting seal of the protection circuit (phase-earth bar): 60 kA (1s)

Sheet steel panels: 12-15/10 mm thick

Protection against indirect contact: metal casing prearranged for earth connection

Sheet steel door: 15/10 mm thick Back-mounting plates and functional frame in steel sheet: 20-25/10 mm thick Sheet metal painted with colour Grey RAL 7035 epoxy-polyester powder

Structural elements Base structure GW49001

BASE COMPLETE WITH INSPECTABLE BASE MOUNT AND PRE-ASSEMBLED HEAD Code

Functional dim. LxD (mm)

External dim. LxD (mm)

GW 49 001 GW 49 002 GW 49 003

400x400 400x600 400x800

510x323 510x598 510x798

1 1 1

GW 49 004 GW 49 005 GW 49 006

600x400 600x600 600x800

720x323 720x598 720x798

1 1 1

GW 49 007 GW 49 008 GW 49 009

850x400 850x600 850x800

920x323 920x598 920x798

1 1 1

Modules: 12

Modules: 24

Modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable gland plates with IP65 sealing gasket and fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: head cover colour Grey RAL 7035; base with lower cable entry; skirting H= 100 mm painted in colour Blue RAL 5003.

GW49011

NR. 4 VERTICAL UPRIGHTS WITH PRE-ASSEMBLED HINGES IN GALVANIZED MATERIAL Code GW 49 011 GW 49 012

Functional Height (mm) 1800 2000

External board height (mm) 2031 2231

Pack Carton 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: base and head element fixing screws. NOTE: the external height of the board also includes the height of the plinth (H=100 mm).

GW49021

Functional frames PAIR OF FUNCTIONAL FRAMES FOR NON-SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (OPEN FRAME) Code GW 49 021 GW 49 022

Functional Height (mm) 1800 2000

External board height (mm) 2031 2231

Pack Carton 1 1

47 CVX 1600 Range

GW49023

CHARACTERISTICS: holes every 25 mm for mounting panelling and device installation kits. NOTE: the external height of the board also includes the height of the plinth (H=100 mm). The operating frames are not needed in the case of boards with an internal cable compartment, because they are already included in the internal cable compartment kit.

PAIR OF FUNCTIONAL FRAMES FOR SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (CLOSED FRAME) Code GW 49 023 GW 49 024

Functional Height (mm) 1800 2000

External board height (mm) 2031 2231

Pack Carton 1 1

CHARACTERISTICS: holes every 25 mm for mounting panelling and device installation kits. NOTE: the external height of the board also includes the height of the plinth (H=100 mm). The operating frames are not needed in the case of boards with an internal cable compartment, because they are already included in the internal cable compartment kit.

244 EN_Book.indb 244

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


Side and back panels GW49041

PAIR OF SOLID SIDE PANELS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 49 041 GW 49 042 GW 49 043 GW 49 044 GW 49 045 GW 49 046

For structures HxD (mm) 1800x400 1800x600 1800x800 2000x400 2000x600 2000x800

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure. CHARACTERISTICS: painted sheet metal panels colour Grey RAL 7035; sealing gaskets IP65 applied to the panel; prearranged for the earthing. NOTE: suitable for making distribution boards with IP31/IP41 (without door) and IP65 (with door) protection ratings.

GW49031

PAIR OF AERATION SIDE PANELS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 49 031 GW 49 032 GW 49 033 GW 49 034

For structures HxD (mm) 1800x600 1800x800 2000x600 2000x800

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure. CHARACTERISTICS: painted sheet metal panels colour Grey RAL 7035; sealing gaskets IP65 applied to the panel; prearranged for the earthing. NOTE: screening for natural or forced aeration with IP41 protection rating.

GW49091

SOLID REAR PANELS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 49 091 GW 49 092 GW 49 093 GW 49 094 GW 49 095 GW 49 096

For structures LxH (mm) 400x1800 600x1800 850x1800 400x2000 600x2000 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure. CHARACTERISTICS: painted sheet metal panels colour Grey RAL 7035; sealing gaskets IP65 applied to the panel; prearranged for the earthing. NOTE: suitable for making distribution boards with IP31/IP41 (without door) and IP65 (with door) protection ratings.

GW49061

Front doors and profiles SMOKED CURVED TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS FRONT AND BACK DOORS IP65 EQUIPPED WITH HANDLE AND RODMECHANISM LOCK Code GW 49 061 GW 49 062 GW 49 063 GW 49 064 GW 49 065 GW 49 066

For structures LxH (mm) 400x1800 400x2000 600x1800 600x2000 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

FRONT OR REAR PROTRUDING GLASS IP65 DOORS EQUIPPED WITH HANDLE AND ROD-MECHANISM LOCK Code GW 49 071 GW 49 072 GW 49 073 GW 49 074

For structures LxH (mm) 600x1800 600x2000 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mounting pins; key in zama alloy. CHARACTERISTICS: door for assembly of MTX moulded-case switches with direct rotary handle, motor control and interlocked in extractable/plug-in assembly; use as front or rear door; possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); IP65 sealing gaskets applied on the door; possibility of replacing the handle insert with security lock; sheet metal painted with epoxy-polyester powders, Grey RAL 7035.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 245

47 CVX 1600 Range

GW49071

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mounting pins; key in zama alloy. CHARACTERISTICS: use as front or rear door; possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); IP65 sealing gaskets applied on the door; possibility of replacing the handle insert with security lock; sheet metal painted with epoxy-polyester powders, Grey RAL 7035.

245 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range GW49081

Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A SOLID PAINTED SHEET STEEL DOORS IP65 EQUIPPED WITH HANDLE AND ROD-MECHANISM LOCK Code GW 49 081 GW 49 082 GW 49 083 GW 49 084 GW 49 085 GW 49 086

For structures LxH (mm) 400x1800 400x2000 600x1800 600x2000 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW49051

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mounting pins; key in zama alloy. CHARACTERISTICS: use as front or rear door; possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); IP65 sealing gaskets applied on the door; possibility of replacing the handle insert with security lock; sheet metal painted with epoxy-polyester powders, Grey RAL 7035.

PAIR OF SOLID LATERAL DOORS - IP65 Code GW 49 051 GW 49 052 GW 49 053 GW 49 054 GW 49 055 GW 49 056

For structures HxD (mm) 1800x400 2000x400 1800x600 2000x600 1800x800 2000x800

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW49102

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mounting pins; key in zama alloy. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); IP65 sealing gaskets applied on the door; possibility of replacing the handle insert with security lock; sheet metal painted with epoxy-polyester powders, Grey RAL 7035.

FRONT FINISHING PROFILES IN INSULATING MATERIAL FOR DISTRIBUTION BOARDS WITHOUT DOOR IP31/IP41 Code

Type

Profile: Horizontal

For structures (mm)

Quantity

Pack Carton

GW 49 101 GW 49 102 GW 49 103 GW 49 104

Single Single Single Single

L=300 L=400 L=600 L=850

2 pieces 2 pieces 2 pieces 2 pieces

1 1 1 1

GW 49 105 GW 49 106 GW 49 107 GW 49 108

Single Double Single Double

H=1800 H=1800 H=2000 H=2000

2 pieces 1 piece 2 pieces 1 piece

1 1 1 1

Profile: Vertical

GW49212

NOTES: for side structures choose the vertical profile for application on junction uprights.

HORIZONTAL METAL PROFILES FOR IP41 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS WITHOUT DOORS Code GW 49 211 GW 49 212 GW 49 213

For structures L (mm) 400 600 850

Quantity 4 pieces 4 pieces 4 pieces

Pack Carton 1 1 1

NOTES: the metal profiles are fixed between each front panel and the one that follows.

47 CVX 1600 Range

246 EN_Book.indb 246

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


Internal cable compartment GW49112

INTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT KIT FOR NON-SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (OPEN FRAME) COMPLETE WITH HINGED COVER Code GW 49 112 GW 49 114

For structures LxH (mm) 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: structure fixing accessories; double-finned key; pair of functional frames. CHARACTERISTICS: option of mounting on right or left side of the box (B=850 mm); option of right or left opening of the hinged cover panel; panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035 complete with 2 locks.

GW49111

INTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT KIT FOR SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (CLOSED FRAME) COMPLETE WITH HINGED COVER AND REAR UPRIGHT Code GW 49 111 GW 49 113

For structures LxH (mm) 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: structure fixing accessories; double-finned key; pair of functional frames and rear upright. CHARACTERISTICS: option of mounting on right or left side of the box (B=850 mm); option of right or left opening of the hinged cover panel; panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035 complete with 2 locks.

GW49025

REAR UPRIGHTS FOR INTERNAL COMPARTMENT FOR NON-SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (OPEN FRAME) Code GW 49 025 GW 49 026

For structures (mm) H=1800 H=2000

Pack Carton 1 1

CHARACTERISTICS: holes every 25 mm for mounting panelling and device installation kits. NOTE: Suitable for fastening on the back of crosspieces, accessories, bars, etc..

GW49115

External cable compartment BASE COMPLETE WITH INSPECTABLE BASE MOUNT AND PRE-ASSEMBLED HEAD FOR EXTERNAL COMPARTMENT Code GW 49 115 GW 49 116 GW 49 117

Functional dim. LxD (mm) 300x400 300x600 300x800

External dim. LxD (mm) 420x323 420x598 420x798

Pack Carton 1 1 1

GW49121

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable gland plates and fixing accessories; mounting accessories; mounting accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: lower cable entry; cable gland plate with IP65 sealing gaskets; skirting H=100 mm painted in colour Blue RAL 5003 that can be inspected; sheet metal painted with epoxy-polyester powders, Grey RAL 7035. NOTES: to make the external cable compartment, use the vertical uprights GW49011 (H=1800 mm) or GW49012 (H=2000 mm). The external compartment can be put together with the structure by using the special kit GW49163.

INTERNAL/EXTERNAL SOLID DOORS AND REAR PANEL IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code

For structures LxH (mm)

Description: Internal door IP31/IP41

Pack Carton

GW 49 121 GW 49 122

300x1800 300x2000

1 1

GW 49 123 GW 49 124

300x1800 300x2000

1 1

GW 49 097 GW 49 098

300x1800 300x2000

1 1

Description: External door IP65 Description: Rear panel IP65

47 CVX 1600 Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mounting accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); IP65 sealing gaskets applied on the door/panel. NOTES: the doorless version is completed with the finish profiles. The external doors can also be used as second doors in the version with external door.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 247

247 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A Front configuration

GW49501

Installation kit for devices on DIN rail FRONT PANELS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL WITH DIN PERFORATION Code

No. DIN rows

Dimensions LxH (mm)

GW 49 501

1

400x200

1

GW 49 502 GW 49 504 GW 49 146

1 2 1

600x200 600x300 600x300

1 1 1

GW 49 506 GW 49 508 GW 49 147

1 2 1

850x200 850x300 850x300

1 1 1

Modules: 12 Modules: 24

Modules: 36

Pack Carton

GW49221

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mounting accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; panel earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws. Rotation hinges included (welded to the panel). NOTES: GW49504/8 for modular devices of the 90 range only. GW49501/2/6 suitable for modular devices of the 90 and MTX/M 160c, MTX/M 160c ranges with lowered "L" add-on residual current device, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250. GW49146/7 specific version for MTX/M 160c, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250 with "L" add-on residual current device.

RAIL KIT EN 50022 (DIN 35) FOR MODULAR DEVICES (90 RANGE) AND MOULDED-CASE DEVICES UP TO 250A (MTX/M 160C - MTX/E 160 - MTX/M 250 RANGE) Code

Description

Type

For structures

GW 49 221 GW 49 222

1 DIN rail 1 DIN rail

Twin - Aluminium Twin - Aluminium

open frame closed frame

1 1

GW 49 223 GW 49 224 GW 49 225 GW 49 148

1 DIN rail 1 DIN rail 2 DIN rails (int. 150 mm) 1 DIN rail

Twin - Aluminium Twin - Aluminium Twin - Aluminium Stiffened for MTX 160/c-250

open frame closed frame open frame open frame

1/6 1/6 1/6 1

GW 49 227 GW 49 230 GW 49 228 GW 49 149

1 DIN rail 1 DIN rail 2 DIN rails (int. 150 mm) 1 DIN rail

Twin - Aluminium Twin - Aluminium Twin - Aluminium Stiffened for MTX 160/c-250

open frame closed frame open frame open frame

1/6 1/6 1/6 1

Modules: 12 Modules: 24

Modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail in aluminium with depth adjustment. NOTES: for the assembly of the MTX moulded-case devices with or without residual current device, order the special kit for fixing to the DIN rail. The coupling of modular and moulded-case devices requires the GW49209 depth adapter.

47 CVX 1600 Range

248 EN_Book.indb 248

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


Installation kit for MTX and MTS moulded-case devices in non-segregated cabinets INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB UP TO 630A - WITH FRONT OR REAR COUPLINGS IN NON-SEPARATED CABINETS B = 400MM - COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Execution

Control

No. of poles

Height H (mm)

Installation

Suitable for: MTX/M 160c

Pack Carton

GW 49 183 GW 49 186

Fixed Fixed + add-on RCD

Lever Lever

3P - 4P 4P

200 200

Horizontal Horizontal

1 1

GW 49 184 GW 49 187 GW 49 185

Fixed Fixed + add-on RCD Plug-in

Lever Lever Lever

3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 200

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1

GW 49 188 GW 49 192 GW 49 190 GW 49 189 GW 49 191

Fixed Fixed + add-on RCD Plug-in Fixed Plug-in

Lever Lever Lever Lever Lever

3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 300 200 300 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 193 GW 49 194

Fixed Fixed

Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 400

Horizontal Vertical

1 1

GW 49 195 GW 49 196 GW 49 197

Fixed Fixed Fixed + add-on RCD

Lever Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P

300 400 500

Horizontal Vertical Vertical

1 1 1

Suitable for: MTX/E 160

Suitable for: MTX/M 250

Suitable for: MTX/E/M 320

Suitable for: MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

47 CVX 1600 Range

CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035, perforated for fixing the circuit breaker cover; panel earthing by contact; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included); pre-arrangement of the panel perforations for the assembly of the covers of the moulded-case devices; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; simple fixing of devices, thanks to the threaded bushings on the assembly plate. NOTE: GW49187/92 only front terminal

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 249

249 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB UP TO 1600A - WITH FRONT OR REAR COUPLINGS - IN NON-SEPARATED CABINETS B = 600MM - COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Execution

47 CVX 1600 Range

Suitable for: MTX/M 160c GW 49 861 Fixed GW 49 863 Fixed + add-on RCD GW 49 866 Fixed Suitable for: MTX/E 160 GW 49 862 Fixed GW 49 867 Fixed GW 49 864 Fixed + add-on RCD GW 49 865 Plug-in Suitable for: MTX/M 250 GW 49 868 Fixed GW 49 869 Fixed GW 49 870 Fixed + add-on RCD GW 49 875 Fixed interlocked GW 49 872 Plug-in GW 49 871 Plug-in GW 49 873 Fixed GW 49 874 Plug-in Suitable for: MTX/E/M 320 GW 49 876 Fixed GW 49 880 Fixed + add-on RCD GW 49 878 Plug-in GW 49 884 Fixed/plug-in interlocked GW 49 882 Withdrawable GW 49 886 Withdrawable GW 49 885 Withdrawable interlocked GW 49 877 Fixed GW 49 883 Withdrawable GW 49 887 Withdrawable GW 49 881 Fixed + add-on RCD GW 49 879 Plug-in Suitable for: MTXM 400-MTX/E 630 (400A) GW 49 889 Plug-in GW 49 891 Withdrawable GW 49 893 Withdrawable GW 49 896 Plug-in GW 49 898 Withdrawable GW 49 900 Withdrawable Suitable for: MTX/E/M 630 (500/630A) GW 49 890 Plug-in GW 49 892 Withdrawable GW 49 894 Withdrawable GW 49 897 Plug-in GW 49 899 Withdrawable GW 49 901 Withdrawable Suitable for: MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630 GW 49 888 Fixed GW 49 902 Fixed + add-on RCD GW 49 904 Fixed/plug-in interlocked GW 49 905 Withdrawable interlocked GW 49 895 Fixed GW 49 903 Fixed + add-on RCD Suitable for: MTX/E/M 1000 GW 49 906 Fixed GW 49 908 Fixed GW 49 909 Fixed GW 49 911 Fixed interlocked GW 49 912 Fixed interlocked GW 49 907 Withdrawable GW 49 910 Withdrawable GW 49 913 Withdrawable interlocked GW 49 914 Withdrawable interlocked GW 49 915 Fixed GW 49 917 Fixed GW 49 918 Fixed GW 49 916 Withdrawable GW 49 919 Withdrawable

Control

No. of poles

Height Installation H (mm)

Lever/Motor Lever Straight rotary

3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 200

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1

Lever/Motor Straight rotary Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 200 200

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1

Lever/Motor Straight rotary Lever Lever/Motor Lever/Motor Straight rotary Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 300 500 200 200 300 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Lever/Straight rotary/Motor Lever Lever Lever/Motor Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever/Motor Lever/Straight rotary/Motor Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Lever

3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 200 600 300 300 600 400 400 400 500 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Lever Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Lever/Straight rotary Motor

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

300 300 300 400 400 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1

Lever Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Lever/Straight rotary Motor

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

300 300 300 500 500 500

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1

Lever/Straight rotary/Motor Lever Lever/Motor Lever/Motor Lever/Straight rotary/Motor Lever

3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P

300 300 600 600 400 500

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1

Lever Straight rotary Motor Lever Motor Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Motor Lever Straight rotary Motor Lever/Straight rotary Motor

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

500 500 500 800 800 500 500 800 800 500 500 500 500 500

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Pack Carton

To be continue on next page

250 EN_Book.indb 250

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


(CONTINUE) INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB UP TO 1600A - WITH FRONT OR REAR COUPLINGS - IN NON-SEPARATED CABINETS B = 600MM - COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Execution

Control

No. of poles

Height Installation H (mm)

Lever Straight rotary Motor Lever Motor Lever Lever Lever/Straight rotary Straight rotary Motor Motor

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P 4P 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

600 600 600 800 800 800 700 700 700 700 700

Suitable for: MTSE/M 1600 GW 49 311 GW 49 312 GW 49 313 GW 49 314 GW 49 315 GW 49 316 GW 49 317 GW 49 318 GW 49 319 GW 49 320 GW 49 322

Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed interlocked Fixed/Withdrawable interlocked Withdrawable interlocked Fixed Withdrawable Fixed Fixed Withdrawable

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

47 CVX 1600 Range

CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035, perforated for fixing the circuit breaker cover; panel earthing by contact; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included); pre-arrangement of the panel perforations for the assembly of the covers of the moulded-case devices; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; simple fixing of devices, thanks to the threaded bushings on the assembly plate. NOTES: interlock plate to be purchased separately. GW49864/70 only front terminal GW49911/2-GW49311/2/3 only rear terminal.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 251

251 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB UP TO 1600A - WITH FRONT OR REAR COUPLINGS - IN NON-SEPARATED CABINETS B = 850MM - COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Execution

Control

No. of poles

Height H (mm)

Installation

Suitable for: MTX/M 160c

Pack Carton

GW 49 926

Fixed + add-on RCD

Lever

4P

200

Horizontal

1

GW 49 927

Fixed + add-on RCD

Lever

4P

200

Horizontal

1

GW 49 928 GW 49 929 GW 49 930

Fixed Fixed + add-on RCD Fixed

Lever Lever Lever

3P - 4P 4P 3P - 4P

200 300 300

Horizontal Horizontal Vertical

1 1 1

GW 49 931 GW 49 932 GW 49 933 GW 49 934

Fixed Fixed Fixed + add-on RCD Fixed + add-on RCD

Lever Lever Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P 4P

300 400 300 500

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical

1 1 1 1

GW 49 935

Fixed

Lever

3P - 4P

500

Vertical

1

GW 49 340

Fixed

Lever

3P - 4P

700

Vertical

1

Suitable for: MTX/E 160

Suitable for: MTX/M 250

Suitable for: MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

Suitable for: MTX/E/M 1000 Suitable for: MTSE/M 1600

CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035, perforated for fixing the circuit breaker cover; panel earthing by contact; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included); pre-arrangement of the panel perforations for the assembly of the covers of the moulded-case devices; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; simple fixing of devices, thanks to the threaded bushings on the assembly plate. NOTE: GW49927/9 only front terminal

GW49491

Installation kit for MSS in non separate distribution boards INSTALLATION KIT FOR A SWITCH DISCONNECTOR UP TO 630 A IN FIXED EXECUTION WITH FRONT TERMINALE IN NON SEPARATED CABINETS - COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 49 491 GW 49 492 GW 49 493

600x300 600x400 600x500

MSS 250 MSS 630 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal/Vertical Horizontal Vertical

1 1 1

GW 49 494 GW 49 495 GW 49 496

850x300 850x400 850x500

MSS 250 MSS 630 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal/Vertical Horizontal Vertical

1 1 1

Modules: 24

Modules: 36

Pack Carton

CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035, perforated for fixing the circuit breaker cover; panel earthing by contact; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included); pre-arrangement of the panel perforations for the assembly of the covers of the moulded-case devices; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; simple fixing of devices, thanks to the threaded bushings on the assembly plate.

47 CVX 1600 Range

252 EN_Book.indb 252

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:05


Installation kit for MTX and MTS moulded-case devices in separated cabinets INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB UP TO 630A - WITH REAR TERMINALS IN SEPARATED CABINETS B = 400MM COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Execution

Control

No. of poles

Height H (mm)

Installation

Suitable for: MTX/M 160c

Pack Carton

GW 49 584

Fixed

Lever

3P - 4P

200

Horizontal

1

GW 49 585 GW 49 586

Fixed Plug-in

Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 200

Horizontal Horizontal

1 1

GW 49 587 GW 49 588

Fixed Plug-in

Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 200

Horizontal Horizontal

1 1

GW 49 589 GW 49 590

Fixed Fixed

Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 400

Horizontal Vertical

1 1

GW 49 592 GW 49 593

Fixed Fixed

Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

300 400

Horizontal Vertical

1 1

GW 49 594 GW 49 595

Plug-in Withdrawable

Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

400 400

Vertical Vertical

1 1

Suitable for: MTX/E 160 Suitable for: MTX/M 250 Suitable for: MTX/E/M 320

Suitable for: MTX/M 400-MTX/E/M 630 (400 A) Suitable for: MTX/E/M 630 (500/630A)

47 CVX 1600 Range

CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035, perforated for fixing the circuit breaker cover; panel earthing by contact; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included); elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; simple fixing of devices, thanks to the threaded bushings on the assembly plate; standard configuration for Form 2 divider segregation; pre-arrangement for conversion to Form 3 and Form 4 with special segregation kits.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 253

253 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB SWITCH TO 1600A WITH REAR TERMINALS IN SEPARATED CABINETS B = 600MM COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Execution

Control

No. of poles

Height Installation H (mm)

Suitable for: MTX/M 160c

Pack Carton

GW 49 941 GW 49 943

Fixed Fixed + add-on RCD

Lever/Motor Lever

3P - 4P 4P

200 200

Horizontal Horizontal

1 1

GW 49 942 GW 49 945 GW 49 944

Fixed Fixed Plug-in

Lever/Motor Straight rotary Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 200

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1

GW 49 946 GW 49 947 GW 49 950 GW 49 948 GW 49 949

Fixed Fixed Fixed interlocked Plug-in Plug-in

Lever/Motor Straight rotary Lever/Motor Lever Straight rotary

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 600 200 200

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 951 GW 49 954 GW 49 958 GW 49 952 GW 49 959 GW 49 953 GW 49 960 GW 49 961 GW 49 962 GW 49 955 GW 49 956 GW 49 957

Fixed Fixed Fixed/plug-in interlocked Plug-in Plug-in interlocked Withdrawable Withdrawable Withdrawable interlocked Withdrawable interlocked Fixed Plug-in Withdrawable

Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever / Motor (fixed only) Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Motor Lever Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

200 200 600 200 600 300 300 600 600 400 400 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 964 GW 49 966 GW 49 968 GW 49 972 GW 49 974

Plug-in Withdrawable Withdrawable Plug-in Withdrawable

Lever/Straight rotary Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

300 300 300 400 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 965 GW 49 967 GW 49 969 GW 49 973 GW 49 975

Plug-in Withdrawable Withdrawable Plug-in Withdrawable

Lever/Straight rotary Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

300 300 300 400 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 963 GW 49 970 GW 49 976 GW 49 977 GW 49 978 GW 49 979 GW 49 971

Fixed Fixed Fixed/plug-in interlocked Plug-in interlocked Withdrawable interlocked Withdrawable interlocked Fixed

Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever / Motor (fixed only) Motor Lever Motor Lever

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

300 300 600 600 600 600 400

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 980 GW 49 982 GW 49 981 GW 49 985 GW 49 986 GW 49 984 GW 49 983 GW 49 987 GW 49 988 GW 49 989 GW 49 991 GW 49 992 GW 49 990 GW 49 993

Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed interlocked Fixed interlocked Withdrawable Withdrawable Withdrawable interlocked Withdrawable interlocked Fixed Fixed Fixed Withdrawable Withdrawable

Lever Straight rotary Motor Lever Motor Lever/Straight rotary Motor Lever Motor Lever Straight rotary Motor Lever/Straight rotary Motor

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

500 500 500 800 800 500 500 800 800 500 500 500 500 500

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Suitable for: MTX/E 160

Suitable for: MTX/M 250

Suitable for: MTX/E/M 320

Suitable for: MTXM 400-MTX/E 630 (400A)

Suitable for: MTX/E/M 630 (500/630A)

Suitable for: MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

Suitable for: MTX/E/M 1000

47 CVX 1600 Range

To be continue on next page

254 EN_Book.indb 254

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:06


(CONTINUE) INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB SWITCH TO 1600A WITH REAR TERMINALS IN SEPARATED CABINETS B = 600MM COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL, SUPPORTS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Execution

Control

No. of poles

Height Installation H (mm)

Lever Straight rotary Motor Lever Motor Lever Motor Lever Lever/Straight rotary Straight rotary Motor Motor

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P 4P 4P 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

600 600 600 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

Suitable for: MTSE/M 1600 GW 49 432 GW 49 433 GW 49 434 GW 49 435 GW 49 436 GW 49 437 GW 49 438 GW 49 439 GW 49 440 GW 49 441 GW 49 442 GW 49 443

Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed interlocked Fixed interlocked Withdrawable interlocked Withdrawable interlocked Fixed Withdrawable Fixed Fixed Withdrawable

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

47 CVX 1600 Range

CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035, perforated for fixing the circuit breaker cover; panel earthing by contact; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included); elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; simple fixing of devices, thanks to the threaded bushings on the assembly plate; standard configuration for Form 2 divider segregation; pre-arrangement for conversion to Form 3 and Form 4 with special segregation kits. NOTES: interlock plate to be purchased separately. GW49960/68/69/83/90/91/92/93 and GW49440/41/42/43 - Form 2 only.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 255

255 06/05/15 10:06


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A

GW49459

Front panels SOLID FRONT PANELS Code

Modules: 12

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

GW 49 451 GW 49 452 GW 49 453 GW 49 454 GW 49 455

400x100 400x200 400x300 400x400 400x600

1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 456 GW 49 457 GW 49 458 GW 49 459 GW 49 460 GW 49 461 GW 49 463 GW 49 464

600x100 600x200 600x300 600x400 600x600 600x800 600x1800 600x2000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 470 GW 49 471 GW 49 472 GW 49 473 GW 49 474 GW 49 481 GW 49 476 GW 49 477

850x100 850x200 850x300 850x400 850x600 850x800 850x1800 850x2000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Modules: 24

Modules: 36

GW49466

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

SOLID FRONT RECESSED PANELS Code

Modules: 24

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

GW 49 465 GW 49 466 GW 49 467

600x200 600x400 600x600

1 1 1

GW 49 478 GW 49 479 GW 49 480

850x200 850x400 850x600

1 1 1

Modules: 36

GW49516

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

PANELS FOR SQUARE MEASURING INSTRUMENTS Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

3-way switch no. x hole Ø

Instruments N. x dimensions

GW 49 514 GW 49 515 GW 49 516 GW 49 517

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200

2 2 1 1

Ø9.5 mm Ø9.5 mm Ø9.5 mm Ø9.5 mm

2 2 4 4

72x72 mm 96x96 mm 72x72 mm 96x96 mm

1 1 1 1

GW 49 518 GW 49 519 GW 49 520 GW 49 521

850x200 850x200 850x200 850x200

2 2 1 1

Ø9.5 mm Ø9.5 mm Ø9.5 mm Ø9.5 mm

2 2 4 4

72x72 mm 96x96 mm 72x72 mm 96x96 mm

1 1 1 1

Modules: 24

Modules: 36

Pack Carton

GW49468

47 CVX 1600 Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included). APPLICATIONS: installation of ammeters, voltmeters, voltmeter/ammeter three-way switches and distribution boards residual current relay.

AERATION FRONT PANELS Code GW 49 468 GW 49 469

Dimensions LxH (mm) 600x100 600x200

Pack Carton 1 1

CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; elastic rings to avoid losing the fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included). APPLICATIONS: natural ventilation in floor-mounting distribution boards in combination with aerated side panels.

256 EN_Book.indb 256

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:06


Internal configuration

GW49801

Back-mounting plates FLAT BACK-MOUNTING PLATES FOR MOUNTING NON-MODULAR DEVICES Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Distribution boards: non separated - 12 modules

Pack Carton

GW 49 801

400x200

1

GW 49 805 GW 49 806 GW 49 807 GW 49 808

600x200 600x300 600x400 600x600

1 1 1 1

GW 49 812 GW 49 813 GW 49 814 GW 49 815

850x200 850x300 850x400 850x600

1 1 1 1

GW 49 819

400x200

1

GW 49 823 GW 49 824 GW 49 825 GW 49 826 GW 49 827

600x200 600x300 600x400 600x600 600x800

1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 851 GW 49 852 GW 49 853 GW 49 854 GW 49 855

850x200 850x300 850x400 850x600 850x800

1 1 1 1 1

Distribution boards: non separated - 24 modules

Distribution boards: non separated - 36 modules

Distribution boards: separated - 12 modules Distribution boards: separated - 24 modules

Distribution boards: separated - 36 modules

GW49809

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to adjust the depth of the plate; plate in steel sheet thickness 20-25/10 mm.

BACK-MOUNTING INDENTED PLATES FOR MOUNTING NON-MODULAR DEVICES Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Distribution boards: non separated - 24 modules

Pack Carton

GW 49 809 GW 49 810 GW 49 811

600x200 600x400 600x600

1 1 1

GW 49 816 GW 49 817 GW 49 818

850x200 850x400 850x600

1 1 1

Distribution boards: non separated - 36 modules

GW49828

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to adjust the depth of the plate; plate in steel sheet thickness 20-25/10 mm.

BACK-MOUNTING FULL HEIGHT PLATES FOR MOUNTING NON-MODULAR DEVICES Code

Modules: 24

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

GW 49 828 GW 49 829

600x1800 600x2000

1 1

GW 49 830 GW 49 831

850x1800 850x2000

1 1

Modules: 36

SUPPORTS FOR FULL HEIGHT BACK-MOUNTING PLATES Code GW 49 832 GW 49 833 GW 49 834

For structures (mm) D=400 D=600 D=800

Pack Carton 1 1 1

47 CVX 1600 Range

GW49832

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: plate in steel sheet thickness 20-25/10 mm. NOTES: to secure the plate to the structure, use the supports recommended in the following table.

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 supports with relative fixing accessories. NOTES: allow the depth adjustment (full height) of the back-mounting plate.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 257

257 06/05/15 10:06


47 CVX 1600 Range Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A Internal separations for circuit breakers GW49531

DIVIDER KIT - FORM 3B Code

Panel dimension LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

Installation: Horizontal GW 49 531 GW 49 532 GW 49 534 GW 49 535 GW 49 536 GW 49 538 GW 49 539 GW 49 544

400x200 400x300 400x600 600x200 600x300 600x500 600x600 600x800

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 996 GW 49 997 GW 49 540 GW 49 541 GW 49 543

400/600x400 (D=600) 400/600x400 (D=800) 400/600x500 (D=600) 400/600x500 (D=800) 600x800 (D=800)

1 1 1 1 1

Installation: Vertical

GW49550

DIVIDER KIT - FORM 4B Code

Front dim. LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

Installation: Horizontal GW 49 550 GW 49 551 GW 49 553 GW 49 554

400/600x200 400/600x300 600x500 600x600

1 1 1 1

GW 49 998 GW 49 999 GW 49 555 GW 49 556 GW 49 558

400/600x400 (D=600) 400/600x400 (D=800) 400/600x500 (D=600) 400/600x500 (D=800) 600x800 (D=800)

1 1 1 1 1

Installation: Vertical

GW49567

GW49561

Internal separation for busbar INTERNAL SEPARATIONS FOR SYSTEMS OF HORIZONTAL BUSBARS IN THE STRUCTURE Code

Description

Type

GW 49 561 GW 49 562 GW 49 578 GW 49 563 GW 49 564 GW 49 565 GW 49 566

Horizontal tray Horizontal tray Horizontal tray Horizontal separation Horizontal separation Vertical separation Vertical separation

Universal Universal Universal

Rear Rear

Width (mm) 400 600 850 400 600 400 600

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

INTERNAL SEPARATIONS FOR SYSTEMS OF VERTICAL BUSBARS IN THE STRUCTURE Code

Description

Type

GW 49 567 GW 49 568 GW 49 569 GW 49 570 GW 49 573

Vertical separation Vertical separation Vertical separation Vertical separation N. 4 spacers

Lateral Lateral Lateral Lateral

For structures (mm) D=600 D=600 D=800 D=800

Height (mm) 1800 2000 1800 2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1

GW49574

GW49573: They permit simultaneous mounting of the vertical dividers and of the crosspieces positioned between the functional frame and the rear upright.

INTERNAL SEPARATIONS FOR BUSBARS SYSTEMS IN THE CABLE COMPARTMENT

47 CVX 1600 Range

Code

Description

GW 49 574 GW 49 575 GW 49 576 GW 49 577 GW 49 571 GW 49 572

Horizontal separation Horizontal separation Horizontal separation Horizontal separation Rear separation Rear separation

For busbars Horizontal Up/down Horizontal Up/down Horizontal Up/down Horizontal Up/down Vertical Vertical

Suitable for internal cable compartment External cable compartment Structures L=400 mm Structures L=600 mm Internal cable comp. H=1800 mm Internal cable comp. H=2000 mm

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

NOTE: the GW49576 and GW49577 internal separations have to be chosen if the structure is used as a cable compartment.

258 EN_Book.indb 258

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:06


Complementary items

GW49209

Accessories DEPTH ADAPTOR Code GW 49 209

Length (mm) 600

Pack Carton 1

GW47291

APPLICATIONS: compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 Range) and moulded-case devices (MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 - MTX/M 250 range).

BLANKING MODULE PROFILE IN PLASTIC MATERIAL - GREY RAL 7035 Code

Colour

GW 47 291

Grey RAL 7035

Pack Carton 10

GW49201

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

WIRING TRUNKING SUPPORTS Code

Description

GW 49 201 GW 49 202

N. 4 plastic supports N. 4 metal supports

Suitable for horizontal trunking horizontal trunking

Pack Carton 1/4 1/4

GW49163

GW47691

GW49207

APPLICATIONS: horizontal mounting of trunking up to 60x80 mm in segregated boxes. NOTES: the plastic support is secured on the back of the double aluminium DIN rail, whereas the metal support is secured on the rail brackets. Both supports allow the trunking depth to be adjusted.

SUPPORTS FOR TERMINAL BLOCKS ON NON-SEPARATED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (OPEN FRAME) Code

Description

GW 49 203 GW 49 207 GW 49 208

N. 2 horizontal supports 45째 inclination N. 2 horizontal supports N. 4 supports x compart. internal/external

Pack Carton 1 1 1

RAIL PROFILES FOR MODULAR DEVICES AND TERMINALS Code

Profile

GW 47 691 GW 47 692 GW 47 693

EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32) EN 50024 (C30)

Length (mm) 2000 2000 2000

Pack Carton 1/5 1/5 1/5

KIT FOR LATERAL AND REAR SIDE-BY-SIDE MOUNTING OF IP65 STRUCTURES Code

Description

GW 49 163

Structures coupling kit H=1800-2000mm

Pack Carton 1

GW49164

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: plates and sealing gaskets.

ROOF AERATION KIT - IP20 Code

Description

GW 49 164

Roof aeration kit

Pack Carton 1

ADDITIONAL PLINTH H=100MM BLUE RAL 5003 PAINTED INSPECTABLE ON FOUR SIDES THANKS TO REMOVABLE PANELS Code GW 49 131 GW 49 132 GW 49 133 GW 49 134 GW 49 135 GW 49 136 GW 49 137 GW 49 138 GW 49 139 GW 49 140 GW 49 141 GW 49 142

For structure LxD (mm) 300x400 300x600 300x800 400x400 400x600 400x800 600x400 600x600 600x800 850x400 850x600 850x800

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

47 CVX 1600 Range

GW49133

CHARACTERISTICS: the kit allows aeration, and therefore the dissipable power to be increased. The protection rating is reduced to IP20.

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 angle bars; 4 panels; mounting elements. CHARACTERISTICS: additional block-mount to facilitate cable entry and raise the board.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 259

259 06/05/15 10:06


47 CVX 1600 Range GW46448

Floor-mounting cabinets up to 3200A VENTILATION KIT Code GW 46 448

IP degree IP44

Rated voltage 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz

Fixing hole (mm) 125x117

Screws centre distance (mm) 123x115

Pack Carton 1/2

GW46471

CHARACTERISTICS: the fan takes in air from the outside and introduces it into the distribution board, creating a slight overpressure that prevents foreign particles from entering. Max fan capacity 60 m続/h. Absorbed power equal to 20 W. APPLICATIONS: forced ventilation in critical thermal conditions. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

AERATION KIT Code GW 46 471

IP degree IP44

Fixing hole (mm) 125x117

Screws centre distance (mm) 123x115

Pack Carton 1/10

GW49162

GW46447

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

ADHESIVE DOCUMENT POCKET Code GW 46 447

Dimensions LxH (mm) 230x310

Pack Carton 1/10

SECURITY LOCK Code

Characteristics

GW 49 162

Yale type

Pack Carton 1

GW49168

GW47492

GW49167

NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys.

SET OF 2 METAL BRACKETS FOR WALL FIXING Code

Characteristics

GW 49 167

for wall fixing

Pack Carton 1

PAIR OF LIFTING EYEBOLTS Code

Characteristics

GW 47 492

M12

Pack Carton 1

PAIR OF LIFTING REINFORCEMENTS Code GW 49 168

Suitable for Side by side structures

Pack Carton 1

47 CVX 1600 Range

260 EN_Book.indb 260

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

06/05/15 10:06


Crosspieces for accessories

PAIR OF CROSSPIECES IN GALVANIZED MATERIAL Code

Assembly position

For structures (mm)

GW 49 737 GW 49 738 GW 49 733 GW 49 734 GW 49 748

2 2 1 1 2

D=600 D=800 D=600 D=800 D=400

1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 735 GW 49 736

1 1

D=600 D=800

1 1

GW 49 731 GW 49 732

3 3

L=600 L=850

1 1

Distribution boards: non separated

Distribution boards: Separated Distribution boards: separated / non separated

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories.

PAIR OF CROSSPIECES IN GALVANIZED MATERIAL FOR REINFORCEMENT Code

Assembly position

For structures (mm)

4 4 4

D=400 D=600 D=800

Distribution boards: separated / non separated GW 49 745 GW 49 746 GW 49 747

Pack Carton 1 1 1

47 CVX 1600 Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. NOTE: mounting crosspieces on the base/head.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 1600 Range

EN_Book.indb 261

261 06/05/15 10:06


90 PV range Products for photovoltaic systems 90 PV RANGE - MODULAR DEVICES IN DIRECT CURRENT SWITCH DISCONNECTOR Compact dc switch disconnector suitable for photovoltaic installation up to 32 A 1000 V dc TECHNICAL DATA Standards:

EN 60947-3

Utilization category:

DC21B / DC22B

Rated insulation voltage (Ui):

1000V

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp):

8kV

Operating temperature:

-40 to +65°C 16mm² (rigid) 10mm² (flexible, also with terminals)

Max. cable section:

Code

Modules

Poles

90 PV range

GW 96 186

3,5

2

GW 96 187

3,5

4

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

Utilization category

600V dc

DC21B

25A

20A

11A

DC22B

6A

2,5A

1,5A

DC21B

32A

32A

32A

DC22B

27,5A

12,5A

10A

800V dc

1000V dc

Rated operational current (In)

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES LST Surge protective devices with extractable cartridge suitable for photovoltaic applications up to 1000 V dc TECHNICAL DATA Standards:

EN 61643-11

Type:

Type 2 (8/20 µs)

Rated discharge current (In):

20kA

Maximum discharge current (Imax):

40kA if Icc > 100A dc, fuse type gPV ≤ 20A if Icc < 100A dc, protection not necessary

Back-up protection:

Code

Rated operational voltage (Un)

Maximum continuous operating voltage (Uc)

Voltage protection level at In (Up)

Modules

GW D6 426

600V dc

700V dc

≤ 2,6kV

3

GW D6 428

1000V dc

1170V dc

≤ 4kV

3

SPARE CARTRIDGES - GW D6 446 suitable for SPD GW D6 426. - GW D6 448 suitable for SPD GW D6 428.

DISCONNECTABLE FUSE-HOLDER

FUSES

Fuse-holder for protection and isolation of the photovoltaic strings.

The fuses are type gPV, as required for photovoltaic applications.

TECHNICAL DATA Standards: Utilization category:

DC20B

Rated operational voltage (Ue): Rated current (In): Max power loss:

112 EN_Book.indb 112

TECHNICAL DATA EN 60947-3

Standards:

IEC 60269-6

Dimensions:

10,3x38 mm

Type:

1000V dc

gPV

20A

Rated operational voltage (Ue):

1000V dc

3W

Breaking capacity:

30kA dc

Code

Poles

Modules

Code

Rated current (In)

GW 96 226

1

1

GW 72 131

6

GW 96 227

2

2

GW 72 132

8

GW 72 133

10

GW 72 134

12

GW 72 135

16

GW 72 136

20

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Modular devices > 90 PV range

06/05/15 10:03


Prewired string boards Prewired string boards GWD9903

PREWIRED STRING BOARDS Code

No. of strings

String voltage: 600 V dc

Rated current

No. of board modules

Pack Carton

GW D9 901 GW D9 902 GW D9 903

2 3 4

25 A 25 A 50 A

1x12 2x12 2x12

1 1 1

GW D9 906

2

20 A

1x12

1

GW D9 907 GW D9 908

3 4

32 A 32 A

2x12 2x12

1 1

String voltage: 800 V dc String voltage: 1000 V dc

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable glands as spare parts and equipotential terminal blocks. DC fuses not included. Refer to the fuse code list.

Switch disconnectors GW96187

DC ROTARY SWITCH DISCONNECTORS Code GW 96 186 GW 96 187

No. of poles 2P 4P

Rated current 25 A 32 A

Rated voltage dc 600 V 1000 V

No. of modules EN 50022 3.5 3.5

Pack Carton 1 1

90 PV range

DC modular devices

NOTE: utilisation category DC21B. These switch disconnectors cannot be combined.

Surge protective devices LST GWD6426

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES TYPE 2 FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC APPLICATIONS

Code GW D6 426 GW D6 428

Rated voltage dc 600 V 1000 V

Maximum discharge current 40 kA 40 kA

No. of modules EN 50022 3 3

Aux end-of-life contact No No

Pack Carton 1 1

CHARACTERISTICS: SPDs are equipped with extractable cartridges with optic end-of-life signal.

Disconnectable fuse-holders GW96227

DISCONNECTABLE FUSE-HOLDERS Code GW 96 226 GW 96 227

No. of poles 1P 2P

Rated current 20 A 20 A

Rated voltage 1000 V dc 1000 V dc

Fuse dimension (mm) 10.3x38 10.3x38

No. of modules EN 50022 1 2

Pack Carton 12 6

NOTE: utilization category DC20B.

GW72131

Fuses CYLINDRICAL FUSES - TYPE GPV Code

Rated current

Rated voltage dc

Breaking capacity DC

6A 8A 10 A 12 A 16 A 20 A

1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V

30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA

Dimensions (mm): Ă˜ 10.3 x 38 GW 72 131 GW 72 132 GW 72 133 GW 72 134 GW 72 135 GW 72 136

Pack Carton 10 10 10 10 10 10

APPLICATIONS: photovoltaic systems.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Modular devices > 90 PV range

EN_Book.indb 113

113 06/05/15 10:03


Metal distribution boards and cabinets

47 CVX Range

EN_Book.indb 175

06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX Range Metal distribution boards and cabinets General characteristics 47 CVX RANGE

Rated current In (A)

Structure

Version

CVX 160I

CVX 160E

CVX 630K

CVX 630M

CVX 1600

160

160

630

630

3200

monobloc (panels and DIN rails included)

monobloc

modular

monobloc

modular

flush-mounting

wall-mounting

wall and floor-mounting

wall and floor-mounting

floor-mounting

yes

yes

yes

External cable compartment Extractable frame

Serie 47 CVX

yes

yes

Degree of protection (IP)

30-40

30-40-55-65

30-40-43

30-55

31-41-65

Front panels

plastic

plastic

metal

metal

metal

Functional height (mm)

600 - 800 - 1000

600 - 800 - 1000Â Â 1200

1000 - 1200 1600 - 1800 - 2000

1000 - 1200 1600 - 1800 - 2000

1800 - 2000

Functional width (mm)

600

600

400* - 600 - 850

400* - 600 - 850

400 - 600 - 850

Functional depth (mm)

105

140 - 170 - 200

230

280

400 - 600 - 800

1

1

1-2B

1-2B

1-2A-3A-3B-4B

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

GWFIX 400

yes

yes

Shaped busbar

yes

yes

yes

yes

Separation forms Compatibility with BUSBAR systems: GWFIX 100 GWFIX 250

Flat busbar

yes

* Only available for the floor-mounting version

176 EN_Book.indb 176

Catalogo Commerciale 2015 > Power > Quadri e armadi di distribuzione in metallo > Serie 47 CVX

06/05/15 10:04


Distribution boards up to 160 A

47 CVX 160 I/E

EN_Book.indb 177

06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160I/E Range Distribution boards up to 160 A

Flush- and wall-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A With regards to metal distribution boards for indoor installation and applications up to 160A, Gewiss offers: â–

â–

178 EN_Book.indb 178

Flush-mounting boards belonging to CVX 160 I range which is distinguished by easy of choice and speed of assembly. Indeed, once you have chosen the dimensions of the distribution board, the part code includes casing, door, DIN rails and front isolated panels as standard. Moreover, the innovative support allows the fixing of rails on the brackets and their depth adjustment without the use of screws and tools. Wall-mounting boards belonging to CVX 160 E range with which is possible to made different kind of configurations to suit your needs, from a minimum capacity of 72 modules up to a maximum of 192, choosing appropriately installation kits with pitch of 150 mm or 200 mm. Moreover, the extractable frame allows the wiring on the desk and then the installation of the frame inside the casing when the work is finished.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160I/E Range

06/05/15 10:04


Easy and fast installation The extractable frame allows wiring desk and, subsequently, the installation of the wired frame inside the casing when the system is completed.

Installation without screws and tools The fixing supports have been designed to be mounted without screws thanks to pre-holed on the function sides. Moreover the innovative support allows the fixing of the din rails on the brackets and their adjustments in depth without using any tools.

Quick fastening of the insulating panel The front panels in plastic material allow for quick fixing by means of two inserts Âź turn and the earthing connection is not necessary. For all range it is supplied a kit for the installation of the hinges on the front panels.

Strenght e design The fine design and the special curved glass of the door allow the installation of the board also in elegant environments as well as in advanced tertiary sectors thanks to its sturdiness.

Photograph the QR code to discover the new technical specifications

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160I/E Range

EN_Book.indb 179

179 06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160i Range Flush-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A Selection tables CVX 160 I STRUCTURES BOARDS WITH DIN RAILS, FRONT PANELS AND ALL FIXING ACCESSORIES INCLUDED STRUCTURES FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

600x600 mm

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

600x800 mm

600x1000 mm

NO. EN 50022 MODULES (17,5 mm)

In: up to 160A Capacity: 24 modules* each row Installation: indoors Color: RAL 7035 grey No. rows per No. modules

Front panels with window height:

(mm)

IP 30

96

120

144

4 rows x 24 modules

5 rows x 24 modules

6 rows x 24 modules

150

200 (first row) 150 (other rows)

200 (first and second row) 150 (other rows)

GW 47 072

GW 47 073

GW 47 074

GW 47 082

GW 47 083

GW 47 084

GW 47 087

GW 47 088

GW 47 089

without door

47 CVX 160i Range IP 40

glass door

solid door * EN 50022 modules (17,5 mm)

180 EN_Book.indb 180

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160i Range

06/05/15 10:04


CVX 160 I DISTRIBUTION BOARD CONFIGURATION FRONT PANELS

DEVICE INSTALLATION KIT

DIN RAIL KIT

Panel with windows

Solid panels

Panel for instruments

Pairs of hinges

EN 50022 rail

Double EN 50022 rail (aluminium)

EN 50035 rail

Country specific standard

50

-

GW 47 173

-

-

-

-

-

-

150

GW 47 178

GW 47 174

GW 47 191

GW 47 251

GW 47 252

GW 47 253

-

-

-

-

-

GW 47 263 (French)

Front panel height (mm)

200

GW 47 179

GW 47 175

300

-

-

Instrum. 72x72 GW 47 176 Instrum. 96x96 GW 47 177

-

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS Wiring trunking supports

Nuts in cage

Module mask

Document wallet

Security lock with key

GW 47 193

GW 47 194 E

GW 47 195

GW 47 291

GW 46 447

GW 47 192

47 CVX 160i Range

Earth bar

SPARE DOORS ONLY FOR IP 40 Board functional height (mm)

glass door

solid door

600

GW 47 111

GW 47 121

800

GW 47 112

GW 47 122

1000

GW 47 113

GW 47 123

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160i Range

EN_Book.indb 181

181 06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160i Range Flush-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A CVX 160I Electrical characteristics

Mechanical characteristics

Standards: EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2, EN 62208, CEI 23-48, CEI 23-49

Degree of protection: IP30 without door

Rated current (In): up to 160 A

IP40 with glass/blank door

Rated operational voltage (Ue): up to 500V ac

Impact resistance:

IK 07 for glass door

Rated insulation voltage (Ui): up to 500V ac

IK 09 front panels in plastic material

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): 6 kV 1.2/50 μs

IK 10 for metal casing

Rated conditioned short-circuit current (Icc): 10 kA

Operating temperature: -5°C ÷ 40°C

Rated peak withstand current (lpk): 17 kA

Storage temperature: -25°C ÷ 55°C

Rated short-time withstand current (Icw): 10 kA (1s)

Sheet steel casing: 10/10 mm thick

Protection against indirect contact: metal casing prearranged for earth connection

Sheet steel door: 12/10 mm thick Sheet metal painted with colour Grey RAL 7035 epoxy-polyester powder

Structures IP30 distribution boards GW47072

PREASSEMBLED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 COMPLETE WITH OUTFIT FOR MODULAR DEVICES - WITHOUT DOOR Code GW 47 072 GW 47 073 GW 47 074

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x105 600x800x105 600x1000x105

Box dimensions BxHxD (mm) 680x670x105 680x870x105 680x1070x105

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 730x706x25 730x906x25 730x1106x25

No. of modules EN 50022 96 (24x4) 120 (24x5) 144 (24x6)

Pack Carton 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mortar guard. Service identification label. Front panels complete with EN 50022 rail (DIN 35) and fixing accessories. Blanking module profile.

GW47082

IP40 distribution boards PREASSEMBLED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - GREY RAL 7035 - COMPLETE WITH OUTFIT FOR MODULAR DEVICES - SMOKED CURVED TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOOR EQUIPPED WITH 2 LOCKS Code GW 47 082 GW 47 083 GW 47 084

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x105 600x800x105 600x1000x105

Box dimensions BxHxD (mm) 680x670x105 680x870x105 680x1070x105

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 730x706x65 730x906x65 730x1106x65

No. of modules EN 50022 96 (24x4) 120 (24x5) 144 (24x6)

Pack Carton 1 1 1

47 CVX 160i Range GW47087

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mortar guard. Service identification label. Front panels complete with EN 50022 rail (DIN 35) and fixing accessories. Blanking module profile. 2 double-fin keys.

PREASSEMBLED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 COMPLETE WITH OUTFIT FOR MODULAR DEVICES BLANK DOOR IN SHEET METAL WITH 2 LOCKS Code GW 47 087 GW 47 088 GW 47 089

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x105 600x800x105 600x1000x105

Box dimensions BxHxD (mm) 680x670x105 680x870x105 680x1070x105

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 730x706x34 730x906x34 730x1106x34

No. of modules EN 50022 96 (24x4) 120 (24x5) 144 (24x6)

Pack Carton 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mortar guard. Service identification label. Front panels complete with EN 50022 rail (DIN 35) and fixing accessories. Blanking module profile. 2 double-fin keys.

182 EN_Book.indb 182

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160i Range

06/05/15 10:04


Front configuration Installation kit for country-specific devices GW47263

FRONT PANEL WITH WINDOW COMPLETE WITH EN 50 022 RAILS AND PLATES FOR FIXING SUPPORT BASES FOR THE EDF BLUE TARIFF CONNECTING SWITCH - FRENCH STANDARD Code GW 47 263

Dimensions LxH (mm) 600x300

Suitable for Command lock

Suited for EN 50022 24 modules (2x12)

Pack Carton 1/5

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blanking module profile. Fixing accessories. Earthing set.

Front panels GW47179

FRONT PANELS WITH WINDOW FOR MODULAR DEVICES Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 178 GW 47 179

External dim. LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

600x150 600x200

1/10 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blanking module profile. Pair of hinges. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip, prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

GW47175

BLANK FRONT PANELS Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 173 GW 47 174 GW 47 175

External dim. LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

600x50 600x150 600x200

1/10 1/10 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: pair of hinges. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip, prearrangement of the panels, except GW47173, for rotation hinges (included).

Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 176 GW 47 177

External dim. LxH (mm)

3-way switch no. x hole Ø

Instruments N. x dimensions

600x200 600x200

1 Ø9.5 mm 1 Ø9.5 mm

4 72x72 mm 4 96x96 mm

Pack Carton 1/10 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: pair of hinges. APPLICATIONS: installation of ammeters, voltmeters, voltmeter/ammeter three-way switches and earth leakage relays for distribution boards. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip, prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

Internal configuration

47 CVX 160i Range

GW47177

FRONT PANELS FOR MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND THREE-WAY SWITCHES

GW47251

DIN rail kit DIN RAILS FOR MODULAR DEVICES (90 RANGE) AND MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS UP TO 160 A (MTX/M 160C / MTX/E 160 RANGE) - COMPLETE WITH BRACKETS AND SUPPORTS FOR ASSEMBLY Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 251 GW 47 252 GW 47 253

Section dim. HxD (mm)

Profile

Material

35x15 2x(35x7.5) 32x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) Double EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32)

Galvanized metal Aluminium Galvanized metal

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160i Range

EN_Book.indb 183

Pack Carton 1/10 1/10 1/10

183 06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160i Range Flush-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A Complementary items

GW47191

Accessories PAIR OF HINGES FOR FRONT PANELS Code GW 47 191

Fixing type Clip

Opening angle 90째

Suitable for For panels H higher than 50 mm

Pack Carton 1/20

GW47194E

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 panel closing cap.

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR THE FIXING OF WIRING TRUNKING Code GW 47 194 E

Fixing type Clip on functional profile

Quantity 2 pieces

Pack Carton 1/20

GW47291

APPLICATIONS: assembly of wiring trunking up to 60 mm width vertically and up to 40 mm horizontally.

BLANKING MODULE PROFILE IN PLASTIC MATERIAL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 Code

Modules

GW 47 291

24

Pack Carton 10

GW49209

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

DEPTH ADAPTER Code GW 49 209

Length (mm) 600

Pack Carton 1

GW47193

APPLICATIONS: compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 range).

PERFORATED AND THREADED EARTH BUSBAR Code GW 47 193

Dimensions LxHxD (mm) 575x20x5

N./diam. of threaded holes 24xM6

Step drilling 18 mm

For distribution boards Flush and surface mounting

Pack Carton 1/5

GW47192

47 CVX 160i Range

GW46447

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. (2 screws and 2 nuts in cage M6) 24 tin-plated screws M6.

ADHESIVE DOCUMENT POCKET Code GW 46 447

Dimensions LxH (mm) 230x310

Pack Carton 1/10

SECURITY LOCK Code

Characteristics

GW 47 192

Yale type

Pack Carton 1/10

GW47195

NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys.

NUT IN CAGE Code

Characteristics

GW 47 195

Galvanised steel

Pack Carton 10/100

GW47197

APPLICATIONS: it is suitable for mounting wiring trunking and accessories on functional profile.

184 EN_Book.indb 184

SET OF 4 METAL BRACKETS Code

Characteristics

GW 47 197

For fixing on plasterboard

Pack Carton 1/10

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160i Range

06/05/15 10:04


GW47113

Spare parts SMOKED CURVED TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOORS FOR IP40 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 47 111 GW 47 112 GW 47 113

For boards LxH (mm) 600x600 600x800 600x1000

Pack Carton 1 1 1

GW47123

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins. 2 double-fin keys.

SOLID DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET METAL FOR IP40 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 47 121 GW 47 122 GW 47 123

For boards LxH (mm) 600x600 600x800 600x1000

Pack Carton 1 1 1

47 CVX 160i Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins. 2 double-fin keys.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160i Range

EN_Book.indb 185

185 06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160 E Range Wall-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A with extractable frame Selection tables CVX 160 E STRUCTURES GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS In: up to 160 A Capacity: 24 modules per row Installation: indoors Colour: RAL 7035 grey

STRUCTURES

FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

600x600 mm

600x800 mm

600x1000 mm

600x1200 mm

GW 47 001 E

GW 47 002 E

GW 47 003 E

GW 47 004 E

GW 47 011 E

GW 47 012 E

GW 47 013 E

GW 47 014 E

GW 47 021 E

GW 47 022 E

GW 47 023 E

GW 47 024 E

GW 47 031 E

GW 47 032 E

GW 47 033 E

GW 47 034 E

GW 47 041 E

GW 47 042 E

GW 47 043 E

GW 47 044 E

-

GW 47 062 E

GW 47 063 E

GW 47 064 E

Without door

IP 30

Glass door

IP 40

Solid door

Glass door

IP 55

Solid door

Solid door

IP 65 47 CVX 160 E Range

NOTE: the codes do not include DIN rail and front panels.

EXAMPLES OF BOARD CONFIGURATIONS

NO.ROWS / NO.MODULES MAX

Pitch 150 mm

4 rows - 96 modules*

5 rows - 120 modules*

6 rows - 144 modules*

8 rows - 192 modules*

3 rows - 72 modules*

4 rows - 96 modules*

5 rows - 120 modules*

6 rows - 144 modules*

Pitch 200 mm

* EN 50022 modules (17,5 mm)

186 EN_Book.indb 186

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

06/05/15 10:04


CVX 160 E DISTRIBUTION BOARD CONFIGURATION KIT FOR INSTALLATION OF DEVICE ON DIN RAIL AND FRONT PANELS

DIN RAIL KIT

MOULDED CASE INSTALLATION KIT

DEVICE INSTALLATION KIT

Panels with window rail EN 50022

Panels with window

Solid panels

Panels for instruments

Pair of hinges

EN 50022 EN 50022

Double EN 50022 (aluminium)

EN 50035 EN 50035

For mouldedcase circuit breakers

Country specific standard

50

-

-

GW 47 173

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

150

GW 47 171

GW 47 178

GW 47 174

-

Front front panels (mm)

GW 47 277 (MTX/M 160c)

Instrum.72x72 GW 47 176 200

GW 47 172

GW 47 179

GW 47 191

GW 47 181

GW 47 183

GW 47 182

GW 47 175

GW 47 278 (MTX/E 160)

Instrum. 96x96 GW 47 177 300

-

-

-

-

GW 47 279 (MTX/M 160c+BD 160c) GW 47 280 (MTX/E 160+BD 160)

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 47 261 (Spanish) GW 47 262 (French)

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS Wiring trunking supports

Nuts cage

Cable gland cable glands

Module module coverings

Document wallet

Security lock with key

Earth terminal blocks

GW 47 193

GW 47 194 E

GW 47 195

GW 47 198 (Higher - Lower)

GW 47 291

GW 46 447

GW 47 192

GW 45 538

47 CVX 160 E Range

Earth bar

SPARE DOORS IP 40

IP 55

IP 65

Board functional height (mm)

Glass door

Solid door

Glass door

Solid door

600

GW 47 111

GW 47 121

GW 47 131

GW 47 141

-

800

GW 47 112

GW 47 122

GW 47 132

GW 47 142

GW 47 162

1000

GW 47 113

GW 47 123

GW 47 133

GW 47 143

GW 47 163

1200

GW 47 114

GW 47 124

GW 47 134

GW 47 144

GW 47 164

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

EN_Book.indb 187

Solid door

187 06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160 E Range Wall-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A with extractable frame CVX 160E Electrical characteristics

Mechanical characteristics

Standards: EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2, EN 62208, CEI 23-48, CEI 23-49

Degree of protection: IP30 without door

Rated current (In): up to 160 A

IP40 with glass/blank door

Rated operational voltage (Ue): up to 500 V ac

IP55 with glass/blank door

Rated insulation voltage (Ui): up to 500 V ac

IP65 with blank door

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): 6 kV 1.2/50 μs

Impact resistance:

IK 07 for glass door

Rated conditioned short-circuit current (Icc): 10 kA

IK 09 front panels in plastic material

Rated peak withstand current (lpk): 17 kA

IK 10 for metal casing

Rated short-time withstand current (Icw): 10 kA (1s)

Operating temperature: -5°C ÷ 40°C

Protection against indirect contact: metal casing prearranged for earth connection

Storage temperature: -25°C ÷ 55°C Sheet steel casing: 10/10 mm thick Sheet steel door: 12/10 mm thick Back-mounting plates in hot galvanised sheet metal: 15/10 mm thick Sheet metal painted with colour Grey RAL 7035 epoxy-polyester powder

Structures IP30 distribution boards GW47002E

MONOBLOC DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 WITHOUT DOOR - WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME Code GW 47 001 E GW 47 002 E GW 47 003 E GW 47 004 E

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x140 600x800x140 600x1000x140 600x1200x140

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 700x700x140 700x900x140 700x1100x140 700x1300x140

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws.

GW47014E

IP40 distribution boards MONOBLOC DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 SMOKED CURVED TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOOR EQUIPPED WITH 2 LOCKS - WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME Code GW 47 011 E GW 47 012 E GW 47 013 E GW 47 014 E

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x200 600x800x200 600x1000x200 600x1200x200

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 700x700x200 700x900x200 700x1100x200 700x1300x200

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

47 CVX 160 E Range

GW47024E

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys.

MONOBLOC DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 SOLID SHEET METAL DOOR EQUIPPED WITH 2 LOCKS - WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME Code GW 47 021 E GW 47 022 E GW 47 023 E GW 47 024 E

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x170 600x800x170 600x1000x170 600x1200x170

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 700x700x170 700x900x170 700x1100x170 700x1300x170

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys.

188 EN_Book.indb 188

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

06/05/15 10:04


IP55 distribution boards GW47034E

MONOBLOC DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 SMOKED CURVED TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOOR EQUIPPED WITH 2 LOCKS - WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME Code GW 47 031 E GW 47 032 E GW 47 033 E GW 47 034 E

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x200 600x800x200 600x1000x200 600x1200x200

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 700x700x200 700x900x200 700x1100x200 700x1300x200

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys. CHARACTERISTICS: sealing gaskets applied on the door and the cable gland plates.

GW47044E

MONOBLOC DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 SOLID SHEET METAL DOOR EQUIPPED WITH 2 LOCKS - WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME Code GW 47 041 E GW 47 042 E GW 47 043 E GW 47 044 E

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x600x170 600x800x170 600x1000x170 600x1200x170

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 700x700x170 700x900x170 700x1100x170 700x1300x170

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys. CHARACTERISTICS: sealing gaskets applied on the door and the cable gland plates.

GW47064E

IP65 distribution boards MONOBLOC DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 SOLID SHEET METAL DOOR EQUIPPED WITH ROD-MECHANISM LOCK - WITH EXTRACTABLE FRAME Code GW 47 062 E GW 47 063 E GW 47 064 E

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x800x170 600x1000x170 600x1200x170

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 700x900x170 700x1100x170 700x1300x170

Pack Carton 1 1 1

47 CVX 160 E Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. Key in zama. CHARACTERISTICS: sealing gaskets applied on the door. Single lock with rod-mechanism lock with 4 mounting pins.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

EN_Book.indb 189

189 06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160 E Range Wall-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A with extractable frame Front configuration Installation kit for devices on DIN rail GW47172

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MODULAR DEVICES (90 RANGE) AND MCCB'S UP TO 160 A (MTX/M 160C, MTX/E 160 RANGE) - COMPLETE WITH FRONT PANELS WITH WINDOWS AND STANDARD DIN RAIL EN 50022 (DIN 35) Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 171 GW 47 172

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Section dim. HxD (mm)

600x150 600x200

35x15 35x15

Pack Carton 1/10 1/8

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Blanking module profile. Pair of hinges; Standard EN 50022 (DIN 35) DIN rail in galvanised sheet metal with depth adjustment. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip. Prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included). NOTES: for the assembly of the MTX MCCB's with or without add-on RCD, order the special kit for fixing to the DIN rail. The coupling of RCD's and MCCB's requires the GW49209 depth adapter. GW47172 suitable for modular devices of the 90 and MTX/M 160c, MTX/M 160c ranges with lowered "L" add-on residual current device and MTX/E 160.

Installation kit for fixed MCCB's on plate GW47277

INSTALLATION KIT FOR A MCCB UP TO 160 A (MTX/M 160C, MTX/E 160 RANGE) COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANELS AND FIXING PLATES Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 277 GW 47 278 GW 47 279 GW 47 280

Dimensions LxH (mm)

For MCCB

No. of poles

Type

Installation

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 4P 4P

MCB MCB MCB+ADD-ON RCD MCB+ADD-ON RCD

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

Pack Carton 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet steel plates. Pair of hinges. fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip; pre-arrangement of the panel perforations for the assembly of the covers of the MCCB's; simple fixing of devices, thanks to the threaded bushings on the assembly plate; pre-arrangement for the assembly of the panel hinges (included). GW47279 not suitable for lowered "L" add-on residual current device.

GW47261

Installation kit for country-specific devices FRONT PANEL COMPLETE WITH MOUNTING RAILS EN 50 022 AND ENCLOSURE FOR HOUSING POWER LIMITING CIRCUIT BREAKER ICP IN=40 A - SPANISH STANDARD Code GW 47 261

Suited for EN 50022 36 modules (2x18)

Dimensions LxH (mm) 600x300

No. EN 50022 mod. ICP sect. 4

Pack Carton 1/5

47 CVX 160 E Range

GW47262

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: enclosure for housing power limiter "ICP" with classification UNESA 1407-D, CS-ICP 32. Blanking module profile, fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: pre-galvanised metal plate with prearrangement for the installation of the mains switch; possibility of mounting modular devices or DIN hook-up components on the lateral profiles EN 50022; painted sheet metal panels (Grey RAL 7035).

FRONT PANEL WITH WINDOW COMPLETE WITH EN 50 022 RAILS AND PLATES FOR FIXING SUPPORT BASES FOR THE EDF BLUE TARIFF CONNECTING SWITCH - FRENCH STANDARD Code GW 47 262

Dimensions LxH (mm) 600x300

Suitable for Command lock

Suited for EN 50022 24 modules (2x12)

Pack Carton 1/5

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blanking module profile. Fixing accessories. Earthing set. CHARACTERISTICS: pre-galvanised metal plate with prearrangement for the installation of the mains switch.

190 EN_Book.indb 190

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

06/05/15 10:04


Front panels GW47179

FRONT PANELS WITH WINDOW FOR MODULAR DEVICES Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 178 GW 47 179

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

600x150 600x200

1/10 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blanking module profile. Pair of hinges. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

GW47175

BLANK FRONT PANELS Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 173 GW 47 174 GW 47 175

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

600x50 600x150 600x200

1/10 1/10 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: pair of hinges. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip. Prearrangement of the panels, except GW47173, for rotation hinges (included)

GW47177

FRONT PANELS FOR MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND THREE-WAY SWITCHES Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 176 GW 47 177

Dimensions LxH (mm)

3-way switch no. x hole Ø

Instruments N. x dimensions

600x200 600x200

1 Ø9.5 mm 1 Ø9.5 mm

4 72x72 mm 4 96x96 mm

Pack Carton 1/10 1/10

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: pair of hinges. APPLICATIONS: installation of ammeters, voltmeters, voltmeter/ammeter three-way switches and earth leakage relays for distribution boards. CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

Internal configuration DIN rail kit Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 181 GW 47 183 GW 47 182

Section dim. HxD (mm)

Profile

Material

35x15 2x(35x7.5) 32x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) Double EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32)

Galvanized metal Aluminium Galvanized metal

Pack Carton 1/10 1/10 1/10

GW47186

Back-mounting plates BACK-MOUNTING PLATES FOR NON-MODULAR DEVICES COMPLETE WITH MOUNTING SUPPORTS Code

Modules: 24 GW 47 186 GW 47 187

Dimensions LxH (mm)

No. mounting straps

600x200 600x400

2 4

Pack Carton

47 CVX 160 E Range

GW47181

DIN RAILS FOR MODULAR DEVICES AND TERMINALS COMPLETE WITH BRACKETS AND SUPPORTS FOR ASSEMBLY

1/5 1/5

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: support brackets and relative fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to adjust the depth of the plate; hot galvanised sheet metal plate 15/10 mm thick.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

EN_Book.indb 191

191 06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 160 E Range Wall-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A with extractable frame Complementary items

GW47191

Accessories PAIR OF HINGES FOR FRONT PANELS Code GW 47 191

Fixing type Clip

Opening angle 90°

Suitable for For panels H higher than 50 mm

Pack Carton 1/20

GW47194E

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 panel closing cap.

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR THE FIXING OF WIRING TRUNKING Code GW 47 194 E

Fixing type Clip on functional profile

Quantity 2 pieces

Pack Carton 1/20

GW47291

APPLICATIONS: assembly of wiring trunking up to 60 mm width vertically and up to 40 mm horizontally.

BLANKING MODULE PROFILE IN PLASTIC MATERIAL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 Code

Modules

GW 47 291

24

Pack Carton 10

GW49209

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

DEPTH ADAPTER Code GW 49 209

Length (mm) 600

Pack Carton 1

GW47193

APPLICATIONS: compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and mouldedcase circuit breakers (MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 range).

PERFORATED AND THREADED EARTH BUSBAR Code GW 47 193

Dimensions LxHxD (mm) 575x20x5

N./diam. of threaded holes 24xM6

Step drilling 18 mm

For distribution boards Flush and surface mounting

Pack Carton 1/5

GW47192

47 CVX 160 E Range

GW46447

GW45538

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. (2 screws and 2 nuts in cage M6) 24 tin-plated screws M6.

EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS Code GW 45 538

For distribution boards L=600

Section (mm²) 10x7

N. terminal and section (mm²) 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10)

Step drilling (mm) 6.5 mm

Pack Carton 1

ADHESIVE DOCUMENT POCKET Code GW 46 447

Dimensions LxH (mm) 230x310

Pack Carton 1/10

SECURITY LOCK Code

Characteristics

GW 47 192

Yale type

Pack Carton 1/10

GW47195

NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys. It's not suited for IP65 version.

NUT IN CAGE Code

Characteristics

GW 47 195

Galvanised steel

Pack Carton 10/100

APPLICATIONS: it is suitable for mounting wiring trunking and accessories on functional profile.

192 EN_Book.indb 192

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

06/05/15 10:04


GW47114

Spare parts SMOKED CURVED TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOORS FOR IP40 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 47 111 GW 47 112 GW 47 113 GW 47 114

For boards LxH (mm) 600x600 600x800 600x1000 600x1200

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

GW47124

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins, 2 double-fin keys.

SOLID DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET METAL FOR IP40 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 47 121 GW 47 122 GW 47 123 GW 47 124

For boards LxH (mm) 600x600 600x800 600x1000 600x1200

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

GW47134

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins, 2 double-fin keys.

SMOKED CURVED TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOOR FOR IP55 DISTRIBUTION BOARD Code GW 47 131 GW 47 132 GW 47 133 GW 47 134

For boards LxH (mm) 600x600 600x800 600x1000 600x1200

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

GW47144

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins, 2 double-fin keys.

SOLID DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET METAL FOR IP55 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 47 141 GW 47 142 GW 47 143 GW 47 144

For boards LxH (mm) 600x600 600x800 600x1000 600x1200

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

SOLID DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL FOR IP65 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS EQUIPPED WITH ROD-MECHANISM CLOSURES Code GW 47 162 GW 47 163 GW 47 164

For boards LxH (mm) 600x800 600x1000 600x1200

Pack Carton 1 1 1

GW47198

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 mounting pins. Key in zama.

CABLE GLAND PLATE - COLOUR BLUE RAL 5003 Code

Description

GW 47 198

Top/Bottom plate

No. of pieces 1

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 160 E Range

EN_Book.indb 193

Material Plastic

Pack Carton 1/10

47 CVX 160 E Range

GW47164

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins, 2 double-fin keys.

193 06/05/15 10:04


Distribution boards up to 630 A

47 CVX 630 K/M

EN_Book.indb 195

06/05/15 10:04


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43

Surface- and floor-mounting distributing boards up to 630A In relation to the metal distribution boards for indoor contexts and applications up to 630A, Gewiss suggests: ■

196 EN_Book.indb 196

the CVX 630K range of modular distribution boards, designed to make wiring and assembly operations quicker and easier. The wiring can be carried out, in fact, with a “fully open structure” and then the assembly of the distribution boards is completed later. Available in both a surface-mounting version (up to 1200mm) and floor-mounting version (up to 2000mm). The CVX 630 M range of monobloc distribution boards is ideal for protecting and commanding electrical systems where the occasional presence of dust, water and/or other dangerous substances necessitates a high (IP55) degree of protection. Available in a surface-mounting version (up to 1200mm) and floor-mounting version (up to 2000mm), the CVX 630 M distribution boards use the same installation kits and the same accessories as the CVX 630 K range, for better order code management.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K/M Range

06/05/15 10:05


Space savings The overall dimensions are reduced thanks to the depth of just 230 mm for distribution boards belonging to CVX 630 K and 280 mm for the CVX 630 M. Both ranges can be placed side-by-side with other structures and with internal or external cable compartment. Moreover, it can freely use the traditional flat busbars system or busbars with shaped section up to 630A or distribution terminal blocks up to 400A in order to minimize the space occupied by the busbar distribution system inside the board.

Quick and easy mounting The bracket for the kit of installation of the modular devices is mounted on functional frame without the use of screws or tools and ensures high resistance and greater mechanical stability over the time.

Simple installation and comfortable maintenance All metal components of distribution board ensure the earthing by contact thus avoiding additional connections. All front panels are supplied with unlosable screws and can be fitted with hinges in order to facilitate the maintenance operations after the installation of distribution board.

Strenght e design The fine design and the special curved glass of the door allow the installation of the distribution board also in elegant environments as well as in advanced tertiary sectors thanks to its sturdiness.

Photograph the QR code to discover the new technical specifications

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K/M Range

EN_Book.indb 197

197 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 Selection tables CVX 630 K WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES STRUCTURES FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

600x1000 mm

600x1200 mm

Pitch 150 mm

144 mod. (24x6)

192 mod. (24x8)

144 mod. (24x6)

216 mod. (36x6)

192 mod. (24x8)

288 mod. (36x8)

Pitch 200 mm

120 mod. (24x5)

144 mod. (24x6)

120 mod. (24x5)

180 mod. (36x5)

144 mod. (24x6)

216 mod. (36x6)

Structures

GW 45 004

GW 45 005

GW 45 014

GW 45 015

Sides

GW 45 024

GW 45 025

GW 45 024

GW 45 025

Curved glass doors

GW 45 104

GW 45 105

GW 45 114

GW 45 115

Solid doors

GW 45 124

GW 45 125

GW 45 134

GW 45 135

Internal cable compartment

-

-

GW 45 034

GW 45 035

Side-by-side installation kit

GW 45 504

GW 45 505

GW 45 504

GW 45 505

Modular capacity

850x1000 mm

850x1200 mm

47 CVX 630 K Range

198 EN_Book.indb 198

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


CVX 630 K FLOOR-MOUNTING STRUCTURES STRUCTURES FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

600x1600 mm

600x1800 mm

600x2000 mm

Pitch 150 mm

240 mod. (24x10)

288 mod. (24x12)

312 mod. (24x13)

240 mod. (24x10)

360 mod. (36x10)

288 mod. (24x12)

432 mod. (36x12)

312 mod. (24x13)

468 mod. (36x13)

Pitch 200 mm

192 mod. (24x8)

216 mod. (24x9)

240 mod. (24x10)

192 mod. (24x8)

288 mod. (36x8)

216 mod. (24x9)

324 mod. (36x9)

240 mod. (24x10)

360 mod. (36x10)

Structures

GW 45 007

GW 45 008

GW 45 009

GW 45 017

GW 45 018

GW 45 019

Sides

GW 45 027

GW 45 028

GW 45 029

GW 45 027

GW 45 028

GW 45 029

Curved glass doors

GW 45 107

GW 45 108

GW 45 109

GW 45 117

GW 45 118

GW 45 119

Solid doors

GW 45 127

GW 45 128

GW 45 129

GW 45 137

GW 45 138

GW 45 139

Internal cable compartment

-

-

-

GW 45 037

GW 45 038

GW 45 039

Side-by-side installation kit

GW 45 507

GW 45 508

GW 45 509

GW 45 507

GW 45 508

GW 45 509

Modular capacity

850x1600 mm

850x1800 mm

850x2000 mm

FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

400x1600 mm

400x1800 mm

400x2000 mm

External cable compartment

GW 45 047

GW 45 048

GW 45 049

Internal solid doors

GW 45 352

GW 45 353

GW 45 354

External solid doors

GW 45 147

GW 45 148

GW 45 149

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 199

47 CVX 630 K Range

EXTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT

199 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 CVX 630 K DISTRIBUTION BOARD CONFIGURATION

DIN rail installation kit

Solid front panels

DIN EN 50022 double - aluminium

H L

Panel height H (mm)

L = 400 mm (10 mod.)

L = 600 mm (24 mod.)

150

GW 45 291

GW 45 201

L = 850 mm (36 mod.) GW 45 206

200

GW 45 292

GW 45 202

GW 45 207

300

GW 45 293

GW 45 203

GW 45 208

300 (1)

-

GW 45 204

GW 45 209

50

GW 45 341

GW 45 301

GW 45 321

100

GW 45 342

GW 45 302

GW 45 322

150

GW 45 343

GW 45 303

GW 45 323

200

GW 45 344

GW 45 304

GW 45 324

300

GW 45 345

GW 45 305

GW 45 325

400

GW 45 346

GW 45 306

GW 45 326

600

GW 45 347

GW 45 307

GW 45 327

800

GW 45 348

-

-

Front panels for instruments

200

-

GW 45 374

GW 45 379

Front aerated panels

200

-

GW 45 362

GW 45 367

DIN EN 50022 double - aluminium

-

-

GW 45 401

GW 45 402

DIN EN 50022

-

-

GW 45 411

GW 45 416

DIN EN 50035

-

-

GW 45 412

GW 45 417

200

-

GW 45 421

GW 45 431

300

GW 45 406

-

-

400

-

GW 45 422

GW 45 432

600

-

GW 45 423

GW 45 433

Earth terminal blocks

-

GW 45 537

GW 45 538

-

Earth bar

-

-

GW 45 534

GW 45 535

Horizontal dividers

-

-

GW 45 451

GW 45 452

DIN rails Profiles for fixing directly on frame

Back-mounting plates

(1) Specific version for MTX/M 160c, MTX/E 160 or MTX/M 250 combined with an “L”-shaped add-on residual current device.

47 CVX 630 K Range

200 EN_Book.indb 200

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


KIT OF MTX MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND MSS SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FOR CVX 630 K DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FIXED VERSION (FRONT TERMINALS) L= 400 mm (10 modules) Vertical position

Kit for MTX with add-on RCD

Kit for MTX/MSS

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

MTX/M 160c

4P

GW 45 248

300

3-4P

GW 45 243

200

MTX/E 160

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 244

200

MTX/M 250

4P

GW 45 249

400

3-4P

GW 45 245

300

MTX/E/M 320

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 246

400

N. Poles

Panel height H (mm)

Code

MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 247

400

MSS 250

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 298

300

MSS 630

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 299

500

FIXED VERSION (FRONT TERMINALS) L= 600 mm (24 modules) Horizontal position

Kit for MTX with add-on RCD

Kit for MTX/MSS

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

MTX/M 160c

3-4P

GW 45 271

200

4P

GW 45 281

200

3-4P

MTX/E 160

3-4P

GW 45 272

200

4P

GW 45 282

200

3-4P

MTX/M 250

3-4P

GW 45 273

200

4P

GW 45 283

200

3-4P

MTX/E/M 320

3-4P

GW 45 274

200

4P

GW 45 284

200

3-4P

MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630

3-4P

GW 45 275

300

4P

GW 45 285

300

3-4P

MSS 250

3-4P

GW 45 251

300

-

-

-

3-4P

MSS 630

3-4P

GW 45 256

400

-

-

-

3-4P

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm) 200 200

GW 45 236 GW 45 237 GW 45 238 GW 45 251 GW 45 252

300 400 400 300 500

47 CVX 630 K Range

Kit for MTX/MSS

Vertical position

FIXED VERSION (FRONT TERMINALS) L= 850 mm (36 modules) Horizontal position

Kit for MTX/MSS

Vertical position

Kit for MTX with add-on RCD

Kit for MTX/MSS

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

MTX/M 160c

-

-

-

4P

GW 45 286

200

-

-

-

MTX/E 160

-

-

-

4P

GW 45 287

200

-

-

-

MTX/M 250

3-4P

GW 45 276

200

4P

GW 45 288

200

-

-

-

MTX/E/M 320

3-4P

GW 45 277

200

4P

GW 45 289

200

-

-

-

MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630

3-4P

GW 45 278

300

4P

GW 45 290

300

-

-

-

MSS 250

3-4P

GW 45 253

300

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 253

300

MSS 630

3-4P

GW 45 257

400

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 254

500

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 201

201 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 KIT OF EQUIPPED MTX MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CVX 630 K DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FIXED VERSION (FRONT TERMINALS) L= 600 mm (24 modules) Horizontal position

Kit for MTX rotary handle

Vertical position

Kit for MTX motor control

Kit for interlocked MTX lever control

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

MTX/M 160c

3-4P

GW 45 261

200

3-4P

GW 45 266

200

3-4P

GW 45 601 (1)

300

MTX/E 160

3-4P

GW 45 262

200

3-4P

GW 45 267

200

3-4P

GW 45 601 (1)

300

MTX/M 250

3-4P

GW 45 263

200

3-4P

GW 45 268

200

3-4P

GW 45 601 (1)

300

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

(1) Possibility of frontal interlock between any two circuit breakers of the following type: MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 - MTX/M 250.

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS (*) Depth adapter

GW 49 209

Pair of hinges

GW 45 532

Pair of supports for wiring trunkings

GW 45 521

Pair of supports for horizontal terminal block

GW 45 526

GW 45 527 (internal cable compartment)

47 CVX 630 K Range

Pair of supports for vertical terminal block

GW 45 528 (external cable compartment)

DIN profiles L = 2 meters

EN 50022 (DIN35)

GW 47 691

EN 50035 (G32)

GW 47 692

EN 50024 (C30)

GW 47 693

IP43 Gasket

GW 45 531

Rotating handle with key

GW 47 494

4 fixing brackets (for wall-mounting boards)

GW 45 536

(*) For further accessories, refer to the COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS section.

202 EN_Book.indb 202

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


CVX 630K Electrical characteristics

Mechanical characteristics

Standards: EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2, EN 62208

Degree of protection: IP30 without door

Rated current (In): up to 630 A

IP40 with glass/blank door

Rated operational voltage (Ue): up to 690 V ac

IP43 with glass/blank door and IP43 kit

Rated insulation voltage (Ui): up to 1000 V ac

Impact resistance:

IK 07 for glass door

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): 8 kV 1.2/50 μs

IK 10 for metal casing and front panels

Rated conditioned short-circuit current (Icc): 36 kA

Operating temperature: -5°C ÷ 40°C

Rated peak withstand current (lpk): 73 kA

Storage temperature: -25°C ÷ 55°C

Rated short-time withstand current (Icw): 35 kA (1s)

Sheet steel casing and functional uprights: 15/10mm thick

Protection against indirect contact: metal casing prearranged for earth connection

Sheet steel panels: 12/10 mm thick Sheet steel door: 15/10 mm thick Back-mounting plates and kit for MCCB plates in hot galvanised sheet metal: 20/10 mm thick Sheet metal painted with colour Grey RAL 7035 epoxy-polyester powder

Structural elements Wall-mounting distribution boards GW45004

MODULAR SIDE-BY-SIDE WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 - COMPLETE WITH FUNCTIONAL FRAMES, CABLE GLAND PLATES Code GW 45 004 GW 45 005 GW 45 014 GW 45 015

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x1000x230 600x1200x230 850x1000x230 850x1200x230

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 650x1040x237 650x1240x237 850x1040x237 850x1240x237

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 cable gland plates with fixing screws for distribution boards L=600 mm. 6 cable gland plates with fixing screws for distribution boards L=850 mm. NOTE: wall-mounting fixing with wall plugs. For fixing without wall plugs, order GW45536 separately (4 fixing brackets).

Side plates for wall-mounting distribution boards GW45024

PAIR OF SIDE PLATES FOR WALL-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 45 024 GW 45 025

For structures HxD (mm) 1000x230 1200x230

Pack Carton 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure.

Floor-mounting distribution boards

Code GW 45 007 GW 45 008 GW 45 009 GW 45 017 GW 45 018 GW 45 019

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x1600x230 600x1800x230 600x2000x230 850x1600x230 850x1800x230 850x2000x230

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 650x1740x237 650x1940x237 650x2140x237 850x1740x237 850x1940x237 850x2140x237

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

47 CVX 630 K Range

GW45009

MODULAR SIDE-BY-SIDE FLOOR-MOUNTING STRUCTURES IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 - COMPLETE WITH FUNCTIONAL FRAMES, CABLE GLAND PLATES AND INSPECTABLE PLINTH H = 100 MM - COLOUR BLUE RAL 5003

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 cable gland plate complete with fixing screws for the distribution boards L =600 mm, 3 cable gland plates complete with fixing screws for the distribution boards L=850 mm, 2 brackets for wall-mounting. NOTE: the external dimensions of the board also include the dimensions of the plinth (H=100 mm).

GW45029

Side plates for floor-mounting distribution boards PAIR OF SIDE PLATES FOR FLOOR-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 45 027 GW 45 028 GW 45 029

For structures HxD (mm) 1600x230 1800x230 2000x230

Pack Carton 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 203

203 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 Doors GW45109

TRANSPARENT DOORS IN CURVED, SMOKED GLASS, TEMPERED FOR SAFETY AND FITTED WITH HANDLE AND ROD-MECHANISM LOCK Code GW 45 104 GW 45 105 GW 45 107 GW 45 108 GW 45 109 GW 45 114 GW 45 115 GW 45 117 GW 45 118 GW 45 119

For structures LxH (mm) 600x1000 600x1200 600x1600 600x1800 600x2000 850x1000 850x1200 850x1600 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: assembly hinges; key in zama. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); painted sheet metal, Grey RAL 7035.

GW45129

BLANK DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET METAL, FITTED WITH HANDLE AND ROD-MECHANISM LOCK Code GW 45 124 GW 45 125 GW 45 127 GW 45 128 GW 45 129 GW 45 134 GW 45 135 GW 45 137 GW 45 138 GW 45 139

For structures LxH (mm) 600x1000 600x1200 600x1600 600x1800 600x2000 850x1000 850x1200 850x1600 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: assembly hinges; key in zama. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); painted sheet metal, Grey RAL 7035.

Internal cable compartment GW45039

INTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT KIT FOR MODULAR DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, COMPLETE WITH HINGED COVER Code GW 45 034 GW 45 035 GW 45 037 GW 45 038 GW 45 039

For structures LxH (mm) 850x1000 850x1200 850x1600 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the internal cable compartment at the right or at the left side for board L=850 mm.

47 CVX 630 K Range

GW45049

External cable compartment EXTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT KIT FOR MODULAR DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND INSPECTABLE PLINTH H=100 COLOUR BLUE RAL 5003 Code GW 45 047 GW 45 048 GW 45 049

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 400x1600x230 400x1800x230 400x2000x230

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 400x1740x237 400x1940x237 400x2140x237

Pack Carton 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 cable gland plate complete with fixing screws. NOTES: the external compartment can be put together with the structure by using the special side by side kit. The external dimensions of the external cable compartment also include the dimensions of the plinth (H=100 mm).

204 EN_Book.indb 204

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


GW45149

INTERNAL/EXTERNAL BLANK DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET METAL Code

For structures LxH (mm)

Description: External door

Pack Carton

GW 45 147 GW 45 148 GW 45 149

400x1600 400x1800 400x2000

1 1 1

GW 45 352 GW 45 353 GW 45 354

400x1600 400x1800 400x2000

1 1 1

Description: Internal door

47 CVX 630 K Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: external door equipped with rod-mechanism lock and key in zama. NOTES: the internal doors are used on an external cable compartment put together with an IP30 structure without door. The internal doors can be used also as inner door in the external door version. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); sheet metal painted with epoxy-polyester powders, Grey RAL 7035; for the external door possibility of replacing the rotary handle closure with a security lock.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 205

205 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 Front configuration Installation kit for devices on DIN rail GW45202

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MODULAR DEVICES (90 RANGE) AND MCCB'S UP TO 250 A (MTX/M 160C, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250 RANGE) COMPLETE WITH PANELS WITH WINDOWS AND DOUBLE DIN RAIL EN 50022 (DIN 35) IN ALUMINIUM Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Section dim. HxD (mm)

GW 45 291 GW 45 292 GW 45 293

400x150 400x200 400x300

2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5)

1 1 1

GW 45 201 GW 45 202 GW 45 203 GW 45 204

600x150 600x200 600x300 600x300

2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5)

1 1 1 1

GW 45 206 GW 45 207 GW 45 208 GW 45 209

850x150 850x200 850x300 850x300

2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5)

1 1 1 1

No. modules: 10

No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail in aluminium; 2 screws for mounting the DIN rail; 2 support brackets in galvanised sheet metal; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; panel earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTES: for the assembly of the MCCB's with or without add-on RCD, order the special kit for fixing to the DIN rail. The coupling of modular and MCCB's requires the GW49209 depth adapter. GW45291 - GW45201/6 for modular devices of the 90 range only. GW45292/3 - GW45202/3/7/8 suitable for modular devices of the 90 and MTX/M 160c, MTX/M 160c ranges with lowered "L" add-on residual current device, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250. GW45204/9 specific version for MTX/M 160c, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250 with "L" add-on residual current device.

GW45236

Installation kit for MTX MCCB's fixed on plate INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 630 A, IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 243 GW 45 244 GW 45 245 GW 45 246 GW 45 247

400x200 400x200 400x300 400x400 400x400

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 236 GW 45 237 GW 45 238

600x300 600x400 600x400

MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1

No. modules: 10

No. modules: 24

Pack Carton

47 CVX 630 K Range

GW45273

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges.

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 630 A, IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 271 GW 45 272 GW 45 273 GW 45 274 GW 45 275

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200 600x300

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 276 GW 45 277 GW 45 278

850x200 850x200 850x300

MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1

No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges.

206 EN_Book.indb 206

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


GW45283

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 500 A WITH ADD-ON RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 248 GW 45 249

400x300 400x400

MTX/M 160c MTX/M 250

4P 4P

Vertical Vertical

1 1

GW 45 281 GW 45 282 GW 45 283 GW 45 284 GW 45 285

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200 600x300

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

4P 4P 4P 4P 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 286 GW 45 287 GW 45 288 GW 45 289 GW 45 290

850x200 850x200 850x200 850x200 850x300

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

4P 4P 4P 4P 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1 1

No. modules: 10 No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. GW45281/6 not suitable for lowered "L" add-on residual current device.

GW45262

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 250 A WITH DIRECT ROTARY HANDLE OR MOTOR OPERATING, COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

Complete with

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200

MTX/M 160c MTX/E160 MTX/M 250 MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

Direct rotary handle Direct rotary handle Direct rotary handle Motor operating Motor operating Motor operating

No. modules: 24 GW 45 261 GW 45 262 GW 45 263 GW 45 266 GW 45 267 GW 45 268

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTES: for these kits it is not possible to assemble the busbars on the back plate (passing behind the plate of the kit itself). The installation kits for MCCB's with a direct rotating handle are not compatible with the blank board door.

GW45601

INSTALLATION KIT FOR INTERLOCKED MCCB'S UP TO 250 A, COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

Control

600x300

MTX/M 160c-MTX/E 160-MTX/M 250

3P - 4P

Vertical

Lever

No. modules: 24 GW 45 601

Pack Carton 1

GW45252

Installation kit for MSS switch disconnectors fixed on plate INSTALLATION KIT FOR SWITCH-DISCONNECTORS IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 298 GW 45 299

400x300 400x500

MSS 250 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Vertical Vertical

1 1

GW 45 251 GW 45 252 GW 45 256

600x300 600x500 600x400

MSS 250 MSS 630 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal/Vertical Vertical Horizontal

1 1 1

GW 45 253 GW 45 254 GW 45 257

850x300 850x500 850x400

MSS 250 MSS 630 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal/Vertical Vertical Horizontal

1 1 1

No. modules: 10 No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

47 CVX 630 K Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTE: possibility of front interlock between any 2 circuit breakers of the following types: MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 - MTX/M 250. Interlock system to be purchased separately.

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTE: the installation kits for switch disconnectors are not compatible with the blank door of distribution board.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 207

207 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43

GW45304

Front panels BLANK FRONT PANELS Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

No. modules: 10 GW 45 341 GW 45 342 GW 45 343 GW 45 344 GW 45 345 GW 45 346 GW 45 347 GW 45 348

400x50 400x100 400x150 400x200 400x300 400x400 400x600 400x800

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 301 GW 45 302 GW 45 303 GW 45 304 GW 45 305 GW 45 306 GW 45 307

600x50 600x100 600x150 600x200 600x300 600x400 600x600

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 321 GW 45 322 GW 45 323 GW 45 324 GW 45 325 GW 45 326 GW 45 327

850x50 850x100 850x150 850x200 850x300 850x400 850x600

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

GW45374

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels, except for GW45341/2, GW45301/2 and GW45321/2, for rotation hinges.

METAL FRONT PANELS FOR MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND THREE-WAY SWITCHES Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

3-way switch no. x hole Ø

Instruments N. x dimensions

GW 45 374

600x200

1 Ø 9.5 mm

4 96x96 mm

1

GW 45 379

850x200

1 Ø 9.5 mm

4 96x96 mm

1

No. modules: 24 No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

GW45362

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. APPLICATIONS: installation of ammeters, voltmeters, voltmeter/ammeter three-way switches.

AERATION FRONT PANELS Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

No. modules: 24

Pack Carton

GW 45 362

600x200

1

GW 45 367

850x200

1

No. modules: 36

47 CVX 630 K Range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. APPLICATIONS: natural ventilation in wall and floor-mounting distribution boards.

208 EN_Book.indb 208

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


Internal configuration DIN rails GW45401

SHEET METAL RAILS FOR MODULAR DEVICES, COMPLETE WITH FIXING SUPPORTS Code

Section dim. HxD (mm)

Profile

Material

GW 45 401

2x(35x7.5)

Double EN 50022 (DIN 35)

Aluminium

1

GW 45 402

2x(35x7.5)

Double EN 50022 (DIN 35)

Aluminium

1

No. modules: 24 No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail in aluminium; 2 screws for mounting the DIN rail. 2 support brackets in galvanised sheet metal; fixing accessories.

Back-mounting plates GW45422

BACK-MOUNTING PLATES FOR NON-MODULAR DEVICES, COMPLETE WITH FIXING SUPPORTS Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

No. modules: 10

Pack Carton

GW 45 406

400x300

1

GW 45 421 GW 45 422 GW 45 423

600x200 600x400 600x600

1 1 1

GW 45 431 GW 45 432 GW 45 433

850x200 850x400 850x600

1 1 1

No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: galvanised sheet metal plate (20/10 mm thick).

GW45451

Dividers HORIZONTAL DIVIDING RAILS IN THE STRUCTURE Code

Width (mm)

No. modules: 24

Pack Carton

GW 45 451

600

1

GW 45 452

850

1

No. modules: 36

VERTICAL DIVIDING RAILS IN THE STRUCTURE AND IN THE CABLE COMPARTMENT Code

Height H (mm)

Suitable for: internal cable compartment

Pack Carton

GW 45 444 GW 45 445 GW 45 447 GW 45 448 GW 45 449

1000 1200 1600 1800 2000

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 467 GW 45 468 GW 45 469

1600 1800 2000

1 1 1

Suitable for: structures / ext. cable comp.

47 CVX 630 K Range

GW45449

CHARACTERISTICS: allow the internal separation of the distribution board.

CHARACTERISTICS: allow the internal separation (form 2B) in the case of busbar in the cable compartment.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 209

209 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 Complementary items

GW49209

Accessories DEPTH ADAPTER Code GW 49 209

Length (mm) 600

Pack Carton 1

GW47291

APPLICATIONS: compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 range).

BLANKING MODULE PROFILE IN PLASTIC MATERIAL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 Code GW 47 291

No. of modules EN 50022 24

Pack Carton 10

GW45532

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

PAIR OF METAL HINGES FOR FRONT PANELS Code GW 45 532

Fixing type With screw

Opening angle 90°

Suitable for For panels H higher than 100 mm

Pack Carton 1

GW47691

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: panel closure cap. CHARACTERISTICS: additional earthing of the panel by contact. APPLICATIONS: option of hinging front panels.

DIN PROFILES Code

Section dim. HxD (mm)

Profile

Material

GW 45 411 GW 45 412

35x15 32x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32)

Galvanized metal Galvanized metal

1 1

GW 45 416 GW 45 417

35x15 32x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32)

Galvanized metal Galvanized metal

1 1

GW 47 691 GW 47 692 GW 47 693

35x15 32x15 30x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32) EN 50024 (C30)

Galvanized metal Galvanized metal Galvanized metal

1/5 1/5 1/5

Length: 24 modules Length: 36 modules Length: 2000 mm

Pack Carton

GW45521

NOTE: the DIN profiles with 24 and 36 modules can be fixed directly on the frame.

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR WIRING TRUNKING Code

Installation

GW 45 521

Horizontal/Vertical

Suitable for Distribution boards L=600/850 mm

Pack Carton 1

GW45527 GW46448

47 CVX 630 K Range

GW45526

APPLICATIONS: both horizontal and vertical assembly of wiring trunking up to 80x80 mm.

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR HORIZONTAL TERMINAL BLOCK Code GW 45 526

Suitable for Distribution boards L=600/850 mm

Pack Carton 1

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL TERMINAL BLOCK Code GW 45 527 GW 45 528

Suitable for internal cable compartment External cable compartment

Pack Carton 1 1

VENTILATION KIT Code GW 46 448

IP degree IP44

Rated voltage 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz

Fixing hole (mm) 125x117

Screws centre distance (mm) 123x115

Pack Carton 1/2

CHARACTERISTICS: the fan takes in air from the outside and introduces it into the distribution board, creating a slight overpressure that prevents foreign particles from entering. Max fan capacity 60 m³/h. Absorbed power equal to 20 W. APPLICATIONS: forced ventilation in critical thermal conditions. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

210 EN_Book.indb 210

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


GW46471

AERATION KIT Code GW 46 471

IP degree IP44

Fixing hole (mm) 125x117

Screws centre distance (mm) 123x115

Pack Carton 1/10

GW45512

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

ADDITIONAL PLINTH H=100 COLOUR BLUE RAL 5003 PAINTED WITH REMOVABLE FRONT AND REAR PANELS Code GW 45 511 GW 45 512 GW 45 513

Dimensions LxD (mm) 400x230 600x230 850x230

Pack Carton 1 1 1

GW45509

CHARACTERISTICS: additional plinth to facilitate cable entry and/or raise the distribution board. Lateral pre-breaking for the cable passages.

KIT FOR SIDE-BY-SIDE COUPLING OF STRUCTURES Code GW 45 504 GW 45 505 GW 45 507 GW 45 508 GW 45 509

Suitable for Structures H=1000 mm Structures H=1200 mm Structures H=1600 mm Structures H=1800 mm Structures H=2000 mm

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1

GW45531

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: frontal upright, plates and gasket.

GASKET KIT IP43 Code GW 45 531

Suitable for Door and cable gland plates

Pack Carton 1

GW45518

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: roll gasket for door and shaped gasket for cable gland plates.

CROSSPIECES FOR CABLE FIXING Code GW 45 516 GW 45 517 GW 45 518 GW 45 519

Suitable for internal cable compartment External cable compartment Distribution boards L=600 mm Distribution boards L=850 mm

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

GW45534

APPLICATION: permits the fixing of the input/output cables on the distribution board structure.

PERFORATED AND THREADED EARTH BUSBAR Code GW 45 534 GW 45 535

For distribution boards L=600 L=850

Section (mm²) 20x5 20x5

N./diam. of threaded holes 24xM6 36xM6

Step drilling (mm) 18 mm 18 mm

Pack Carton 1 1

GW47192

EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS Code GW 45 537 GW 45 538

For distribution boards L=400 L=600

Section (mm²) 10x7 10x7

N. terminal and section (mm²) 1x35+11x16+13x10 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10)

Step drilling (mm) 6.5 mm 6.5 mm

Pack Carton 1 1

ADHESIVE DOCUMENT POCKET Code GW 46 447

Dimensions LxH (mm) 230x310

Pack Carton 1/10

47 CVX 630 K Range

GW46447

GW45537

NOTE: direct fixing on the functional frames.

SECURITY LOCK FOR WALL-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

Characteristics

GW 47 192

Yale type

Pack Carton 1/10

GW47494

NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys.

ROTARY SAFETY HANDLE FOR FLOOR-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

Characteristics

GW 47 494

Yale type

Pack Carton 1

NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys. The rotary handle can also be used for the door of the external cable compartment.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 211

211 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range GW45536

Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 SET OF 4 METAL BRACKETS FOR WALL-MOUNTING FIXING Code GW 45 536

Suitable for Wall-mounting distribuion boards

Pack Carton 1

47 CVX 630 K Range

212 EN_Book.indb 212

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 K Range

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 K Range

EN_Book.indb 213

213 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 Selection tables CVX 630 M WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES STRUCTURES FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

600x1000 mm

600x1200 mm

850x1000 mm

850x1200 mm

Pitch 150 mm

144 mod. (24x6)

192 mod. (24x8)

144 mod. (24x6)

216 mod. (36x6)

192 mod. (24x8)

288 mod. (36x8)

Pitch 200 mm

120 mod. (24x5)

144 mod. (24x6)

120 mod. (24x5)

180 mod. (36x5)

144 mod. (24x6)

216 mod. (36x6)

Structures

GW 45 054

GW 45 055

GW 45 064

GW 45 065

Solid side panels

GW 45 074

GW 45 075

GW 45 074

GW 45 075

Aerated side panels

GW 45 394

GW 45 395

GW 45 394

GW 45 395

Curved glass doors

GW 45 154

GW 45 155

GW 45 164

GW 45 165

Solid doors

GW 45 174

GW 45 175

GW 45 184

GW 45 185

-

-

GW 45 084

GW 45 085

Plates

GW 45 533

GW 45 533

GW 45 533

GW 45 533

IP55 Gasket

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

Modular capacity

47 CVX 630 M range

Internal cable compartment

Side-by-side installation kit

214 EN_Book.indb 214

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


CVX 630 M FLOOR-MOUNTING STRUCTURES STRUCTURES FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

600x1600 mm

600x1800 mm

600x2000 mm

850x1600 mm

850x1800 mm

850x2000 mm

Pitch 150 mm

240 mod. (24x10)

288 mod. (24x12)

312 mod. (24x13)

240 mod. 360 mod. 288 mod. 432 mod. 312 mod. 468 mod. (24x10) (36x10) (24x12) (36x12) (24x13) (36x13)

Pitch 200 mm

192 mod. (24x8)

216 mod. (24x9)

240 mod. (24x10)

192 mod. 288 mod. 216 mod. 324 mod. 240 mod. 360 mod. (24x8) (36x8) (24x9) (36x9) (24x10) (36x10)

Structures

GW 45 057

GW 45 058

GW 45 059

GW 45 067

GW 45 068

GW 45 069

Solid side panels

GW 45 077

GW 45 078

GW 45 079

GW 45 077

GW 45 078

GW 45 079

Aerated side panels

GW 45 397

GW 45 398

GW 45 399

GW 45 397

GW 45 398

GW 45 399

Curved glass doors

GW 45 157

GW 45 158

GW 45 159

GW 45 167

GW 45 168

GW 45 169

Solid doors

GW 45 177

GW 45 178

GW 45 179

GW 45 187

GW 45 188

GW 45 189

-

-

-

GW 45 087

GW 45 088

GW 45 089

Plates

GW 47 472

GW 47 472

GW 47 472

GW 47 472

GW 47 472

GW 47 472

IP55 Gasket

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

GW 47 473

Modular capacity

Internal cable compartment

Side-by-side installation kit

FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH)

400x1600 mm

400x1800 mm

400x2000 mm

External cable compartment

GW 45 097

GW 45 098

GW 45 099

Internal solid doors

GW 45 352

GW 45 353

GW 45 354

External solid doors

GW 45 197

GW 45 198

GW 45 199

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 215

47 CVX 630 M range

EXTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT

215 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 CVX 630 M DISTRIBUTION BOARD CONFIGURATION

DIN rail installation kit

Solid front panels

DIN EN 50022 double - aluminium

H L

Panel height H (mm)

L = 400 mm (10 mod.)

L = 600 mm (24 mod.)

150

GW 45 291

GW 45 201

L = 850 mm (36 mod.) GW 45 206

200

GW 45 292

GW 45 202

GW 45 207 GW 45 208

300

GW 45 293

GW 45 203

300 (1)

-

GW 45 204

GW 45 209

50

GW 45 341

GW 45 301

GW 45 321

100

GW 45 342

GW 45 302

GW 45 322

150

GW 45 343

GW 45 303

GW 45 323

200

GW 45 344

GW 45 304

GW 45 324

300

GW 45 345

GW 45 305

GW 45 325

400

GW 45 346

GW 45 306

GW 45 326

600

GW 45 347

GW 45 307

GW 45 327

800

GW 45 348

-

-

Front panels for instruments

200

-

GW 45 374

GW 45 379

Front aerated panels

200

-

GW 45 362

GW 45 367

DIN EN 50022 double - aluminium

-

-

GW 45 401

GW 45 402

DIN EN 50022

-

-

GW 45 411

GW 45 416

DIN EN 50035

-

-

GW 45 412

GW 45 417

200

-

GW 45 421

GW 45 431

300

GW 45 406

-

-

400

-

GW 45 422

GW 45 432

600

-

GW 45 423

GW 45 433

Earth terminal blocks

-

GW 45 537

GW 45 538

-

Earth bar

-

-

GW 45 534

GW 45 535

Horizontal dividers

-

-

GW 45 453

GW 45 454

DIN rails Profiles for fixing directly on frame

Back-mounting plates

(1) Specific version for MTX/M 160c, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250 combined with an “L”-shaped add-on residual current device.

47 CVX 630 M range

216 EN_Book.indb 216

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


KIT OF MTX MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND MSS SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FOR CVX 630 M DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FIXED VERSION (front terminals) L= 400 mm (10 modules) Vertical position

Kit for MTX with add-on RCD

Kit for MTX/MSS

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

MTX/M 160c

4P

GW 45 248

300

3-4P

GW 45 243

200

MTX/E 160

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 244

200

MTX/M 250

4P

GW 45 249

400

3-4P

GW 45 245

300

MTX/E/M 320

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 246

400

MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 247

400

MSS 250

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 298

300

MSS 630

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 299

500

FIXED VERSION (front terminals) L= 600 mm (24 modules) Horizontal position

Kit for MTX/MSS

Vertical position

Kit for MTX with add-on RCD

Kit for MTX/MSS

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

MTX/M 160c

3-4P

GW 45 271

200

4P

GW 45 281

200

3-4P

MTX/E 160

3-4P

GW 45 272

200

4P

GW 45 282

200

3-4P

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

MTX/M 250

3-4P

GW 45 273

200

4P

GW 45 283

200

3-4P

MTX/E/M 320

3-4P

GW 45 274

200

4P

GW 45 284

200

3-4P

MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630

3-4P

GW 45 275

300

4P

GW 45 285

300

3-4P

MSS 250

3-4P

GW 45 251

300

-

-

-

3-4P

MSS 630

3-4P

GW 45 256

400

-

-

-

3-4P

Code

Panel height H (mm) 200 200

GW 45 236 GW 45 237 GW 45 238 GW 45 251 GW 45 252

300 400 400 300 500

FIXED VERSION (front terminals) L= 850 mm (36 modules)

Kit for MTX/MSS

Vertical position

Kit for MTX with add-on RCD

Kit for MTX/MSS

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

MTX/M 160c

-

-

-

4P

GW 45 286

200

-

-

-

MTX/E 160

-

-

-

4P

GW 45 287

200

-

-

-

MTX/M 250

3-4P

GW 45 276

200

4P

GW 45 288

200

-

-

-

MTX/E/M 320

3-4P

GW 45 277

200

4P

GW 45 289

200

-

-

-

MTXM 400 - MTX/E/M 630

3-4P

GW 45 278

300

4P

GW 45 290

300

-

-

-

MSS 250

3-4P

GW 45 253

300

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 253

300

MSS 630

3-4P

GW 45 257

400

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 254

500

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 217

47 CVX 630 M range

Horizontal position

217 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 KIT OF EQUIPPED MTX MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CVX 630 M DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FIXED VERSION (front terminals) L= 600 mm (24 modules) Horizontal position

Kit for MTX rotary handle

Vertical position

Kit for MTX motor control

Panel height H N. Poles (mm)

Kit for interlocked MTX lever control

Kit for interlocked MTX lever control

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

N. Poles

Code

Panel height H (mm)

3-4P

GW 45 266

200

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 601 (1)

300

200

3-4P

GW 45 267

200

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 601 (1)

300

GW 45 263

200

3-4P

GW 45 268

200

3-4P

GW 45 602

500

3-4P

GW 45 601 (1)

300

3-4P

GW 45 264

200

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 603

600

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 265

300

-

-

-

3-4P

GW 45 604

600

-

-

-

Type of circuit breakers

N. Poles

Code

MTX/M 160c

3-4P

GW 45 261

200

MTX/E 160

3-4P

GW 45 262

MTX/M 250

3-4P

MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400 MTX/E/M 630

(1) Possibility of frontal interlock between any two circuit breakers of the following types: MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 - MTX/M 250.

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS (*) Depth adapter

GW 49 209

Pair of hinges

GW 45 532

Pair of supports for wiring trunkings

GW 45 521

Pair of supports for horizontal terminal block

GW 45 526

GW 45 527 (internal cable compartment)

Pair of supports for vertical terminal block

47 CVX 630 M range

GW 45 528 (external cable compartment)

DIN profiles L = 2 meters

EN 50022 (DIN35)

GW 47 691

EN 50035 (G32)

GW 47 692

EN 50024 (C30)

GW 47 693

Rotating handle with key

GW 47 494

2 fixing brackets (for floor-mounting boards)

GW 47 491

(*) For further accessories, refer to the COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS section.

218 EN_Book.indb 218

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


CVX 630M Electrical characteristics

Mechanical characteristics

Standards: EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2, EN 62208

Degree of protection: IP30 without door

Rated current (In): up to 630 A

IP55 with glass/blank door

Rated operational voltage (Ue): up to 690 V ac

Impact resistance:

IK 07 for glass door

Rated insulation voltage (Ui): up to 1000 V ac

IK 10 for metal casing and front panels

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): 8 kV 1.2/50 μs

Operating temperature: -5°C ÷ 40°C

Rated conditioned short-circuit current (Icc): 36 kA

Storage temperature: -25°C ÷ 55°C

Rated peak withstand current (lpk): 73 kA

Sheet steel casing and functional uprights: 15/10 mm thick

Rated short-time withstand current (Icw): 35 kA (1s)

Sheet steel panels: 12/10 mm thick

Protection against indirect contact: metal casing prearranged for earth connection

Sheet steel door: 15/10 mm thick Back-mounting plates and kit for MCCB plates in hot galvanised sheet metal: 20/10 mm thick Sheet metal painted with colour Grey RAL 7035 epoxy-polyester powder

Structural elements Wall-mounting distribution boards GW45054

MONOBLOC SIDE-BY-SIDE WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 - COMPLETE WITH FUNCTIONAL FRAMES, CABLE GLAND PLATES Code GW 45 054 GW 45 055 GW 45 064 GW 45 065

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x1000x280 600x1200x280 850x1000x280 850x1200x280

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 701x1040x276 701x1240x276 901x1040x276 901x1240x276

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 cable gland plates with fixing screws for distribution boards L=600 mm, 6 cable gland plates with fixing screws for distribution boards L=850 mm, 4 brackets for wall-mounting.

GW45074

Side panels for wall-mounting distribution boards PAIR OF SIDE PANELS FOR WALL-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 45 074 GW 45 075

For structures HxD (mm) 1000x280 1200x280

Pack Carton 1 1

GW45394

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure.

PAIR OF AERATED SIDE PANELS FOR WALL-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 45 394 GW 45 395

For structures HxD (mm) 1000x280 1200x280

Pack Carton 1 1

47 CVX 630 M range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure. APPLICATIONS: louver for natural or forced aeration, with IP30 degree of protection.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 219

219 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 Floor-mounting distribution boards GW45059

MONOBLOC SIDE-BY-SIDE FLOOR-MOUNTING STRUCTURES IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 - COMPLETE WITH FUNCTIONAL FRAMES, CABLE GLAND PLATES AND INSPECTABLE PLINTH H = 100 MM - COLOUR BLUE RAL 5003 Code GW 45 057 GW 45 058 GW 45 059 GW 45 067 GW 45 068 GW 45 069

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 600x1600x280 600x1800x280 600x2000x280 850x1600x280 850x1800x280 850x2000x280

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 701x1740x276 701x1940x276 701x2140x276 901x1740x276 901x1940x276 901x2140x276

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 cable gland plate complete with fixing screws for the distribution boards L=600 mm, 3 cable gland plates complete with fixing screws for the distribution boards L=850 mm. NOTE: the external dimensions of the board also include the dimensions of the plinth (H=100 mm).

Side panels for floor-mounting distribution boards GW45079

PAIR OF SIDE PANELS FOR FLOOR-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 45 077 GW 45 078 GW 45 079

For structures HxD (mm) 1600x280 1800x280 2000x280

Pack Carton 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure.

GW45399

PAIR OF AERATED SIDE PANELS FOR FLOOR-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IN PAINTED SHEET STEEL Code GW 45 397 GW 45 398 GW 45 399

For structures HxD (mm) 1600x280 1800x280 2000x280

Pack Carton 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing to the structure. APPLICATIONS: louver for natural or forced aeration, with IP30 degree of protection.

GW45159

Doors TRANSPARENT DOORS IN CURVED, SMOKED GLASS, TEMPERED FOR SAFETY AND FITTED WITH HANDLE AND ROD-MECHANISM LOCK Code GW 45 154 GW 45 155 GW 45 157 GW 45 158 GW 45 159 GW 45 164 GW 45 165 GW 45 167 GW 45 168 GW 45 169

For structures LxH (mm) 600x1000 600x1200 600x1600 600x1800 600x2000 850x1000 850x1200 850x1600 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

47 CVX 630 M range

GW45179

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 mounting pins; key in zama. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); painted sheet metal, Grey RAL 7035.

BLANK DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET METAL, FITTED WITH HANDLE AND ROD-MECHANISM LOCK Code GW 45 174 GW 45 175 GW 45 177 GW 45 178 GW 45 179 GW 45 184 GW 45 185 GW 45 187 GW 45 188 GW 45 189

For structures LxH (mm) 600x1000 600x1200 600x1600 600x1800 600x2000 850x1000 850x1200 850x1600 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 mounting pins; key in zama. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); painted sheet metal, Grey RAL 7035.

220 EN_Book.indb 220

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


Internal cable compartment GW45089

KIT FOR INTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT, COMPLETE WITH HINGED COVER Code GW 45 084 GW 45 085 GW 45 087 GW 45 088 GW 45 089

For structures LxH (mm) 850x1000 850x1200 850x1600 850x1800 850x2000

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the internal cable compartment at the right or at the left side for board L=850 mm.

GW45099

External cable compartment EXTERNAL CABLE COMPARTMENT KIT FOR MONOBLOC DISTIBUTION BOARDS AND INSPECTABLE PLINTH H=100 MM - COLOUR BLUE RAL 5003 Code GW 45 097 GW 45 098 GW 45 099

Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) 400x1600x280 400x1800x280 400x2000x280

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) 451x1740x276 451x1940x276 451x2140x276

Pack Carton 1 1 1

GW45354

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 cable gland plate complete with fixing screws. NOTES: the external compartment can be put together with the structure by using the special side by side kit. The external dimensions of the external cable compartment also include the dimensions of the plinth (H=100 mm).

INTERNAL/EXTERNAL BLANK DOORS IN PAINTED SHEET METAL Code

For structures LxH (mm)

Description: External door

Pack Carton

GW 45 197 GW 45 198 GW 45 199

400x1600 400x1800 400x2000

1 1 1

GW 45 352 GW 45 353 GW 45 354

400x1600 400x1800 400x2000

1 1 1

Description: Internal door

47 CVX 630 M range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: external door equipped with handle with rod-mechanism lock and key in zama. NOTES: the internal doors are used on an external cable compartment put together with an IP30 structure without door. The internal doors can be used also as inner door in the external door version. CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left); sheet metal painted with epoxy-polyester powders, Grey RAL 7035; for the external door possibility of replacing the rotary handle closure with a security lock.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 221

221 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 Front configuration Installation kit for devices on DIN rail GW45202

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MODULAR DEVICES (90 RANGE) AND MCCB'S UP TO 250 A (MTX/M 160C, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250 RANGE) COMPLETE WITH PANELS WITH WINDOWS AND DOUBLE DIN RAIL EN 50022 (DIN 35) IN ALUMINIUM Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Section dim. HxD (mm)

GW 45 291 GW 45 292 GW 45 293

400x150 400x200 400x300

2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5)

1 1 1

GW 45 201 GW 45 202 GW 45 203 GW 45 204

600x150 600x200 600x300 600x300

2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5)

1 1 1 1

GW 45 206 GW 45 207 GW 45 208 GW 45 209

850x150 850x200 850x300 850x300

2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5) 2x(35x7.5)

1 1 1 1

No. modules: 10

No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail in aluminium; 2 screws for mounting the DIN rail; 2 support brackets in galvanised sheet metal; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; panel earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTES: for the assembly of the MTX MCCB's with or without add-on RCD, order the special kit for fixing to the DIN rail. The coupling of modular and MCCB's requires the GW49209 depth adapter. GW45291 - GW45201/6 for modular devices of the 90 range only. GW45292/3 - GW45202/3/7/8 suitable for modular devices of the 90 and MTX/M 160c, MTX/M 160c ranges with lowered "L" add-on residual current device, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250. GW45204/9 specific version for MTX/M 160c, MTX/E 160, MTX/M 250 with "L" add-on residual current device.

GW45236

Installation kit for MTX MCCB's fixed on plate INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 630 A, IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 243 GW 45 244 GW 45 245 GW 45 246 GW 45 247

400x200 400x200 400x300 400x400 400x400

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 236 GW 45 237 GW 45 238

600x300 600x400 600x400

MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Vertical Vertical Vertical

1 1 1

No. modules: 10

No. modules: 24

Pack Carton

GW45273

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges.

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 630 A, IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 271 GW 45 272 GW 45 273 GW 45 274 GW 45 275

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200 600x300

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 276 GW 45 277 GW 45 278

850x200 850x200 850x300

MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1

No. modules: 24 47 CVX 630 M range

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges.

222 EN_Book.indb 222

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


GW45283

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 500 A WITH ADD-ON RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 248 GW 45 249

400x300 400x400

MTX/M 160c MTX/M 250

4P 4P

Vertical Vertical

1 1

GW 45 281 GW 45 282 GW 45 283 GW 45 284 GW 45 285

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200 600x300

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

4P 4P 4P 4P 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 286 GW 45 287 GW 45 288 GW 45 289 GW 45 290

850x200 850x200 850x200 850x200 850x300

MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

4P 4P 4P 4P 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

1 1 1 1 1

No. modules: 10 No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

GW45262

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. GW45281/6 not suitable for lowered "L" add-on residual current device.

INSTALLATION KIT FOR MCCB'S UP TO 630 A WITH DIRECT ROTARY HANDLE OR MOTOR OPERATING, COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

Complete with

600x200 600x200 600x200 600x200 600x300 600x200 600x200 600x200

MTX/M 160c MTX/E160 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/ 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630 MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/M 250

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

Direct rotary handle Direct rotary handle Direct rotary handle Direct rotary handle Direct rotary handle Motor operating Motor operating Motor operating

No. modules: 24 GW 45 261 GW 45 262 GW 45 263 GW 45 264 GW 45 265 GW 45 266 GW 45 267 GW 45 268

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW45604

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTES: with GW45264/5 it is not possible to assemble the bars on the base to pass behind the kit plate. The installation kits for MCCB's with a direct rotating handle are not compatible with the blank board door.

INSTALLATION KIT FOR INTERLOCKED MCCB'S UP TO 630 A, COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND SUPPORT PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

Control

600x300 600x500 600x600 600x600

MTX/M 160c-MTX/E 160-MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 MTX/E/M 320 MTXM 400-MTX/E/M 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Vertical Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal

Lever Lever Lever Lever

No. modules: 24 GW 45 601 GW 45 602 GW 45 603 GW 45 604

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

47 CVX 630 M range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTES: with GW45602/3/4 it is not possible to assemble the bars on the base to pass behind the kit plate. GW45601 - possibility of front interlock between any two circuit breakers of the following types: MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 - MTX/M 250. Interlock system to be purchased separately.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 223

223 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 Installation kit for MSS switch disconnectors fixed on plate GW45252

INSTALLATION KIT FOR SWITCH-DISCONNECTORS IN FIXED ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH PERFORATED FRONT PANEL AND FIXING PLATE Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Suitable for

No. of poles

Installation

GW 45 298 GW 45 299

400x300 400x500

MSS 250 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Vertical Vertical

1 1

GW 45 251 GW 45 252 GW 45 256

600x300 600x500 600x400

MSS 250 MSS 630 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal/Vertical Vertical Horizontal

1 1 1

GW 45 253 GW 45 254 GW 45 257

850x300 850x500 850x400

MSS 250 MSS 630 MSS 630

3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P

Horizontal/Vertical Vertical Horizontal

1 1 1

No. modules: 10 No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate; fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. NOTE: the installation kits for switch disconnectors are not compatible with the blank door of distribution board.

GW45304

Front panels BLANK FRONT PANELS Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

Pack Carton

No. modules: 10 GW 45 341 GW 45 342 GW 45 343 GW 45 344 GW 45 345 GW 45 346 GW 45 347 GW 45 348

400x50 400x100 400x150 400x200 400x300 400x400 400x600 400x800

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 301 GW 45 302 GW 45 303 GW 45 304 GW 45 305 GW 45 306 GW 45 307

600x50 600x100 600x150 600x200 600x300 600x400 600x600

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 321 GW 45 322 GW 45 323 GW 45 324 GW 45 325 GW 45 326 GW 45 327

850x50 850x100 850x150 850x200 850x300 850x400 850x600

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

47 CVX 630 M range

GW45374

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels, except for GW45341/2, GW45301/2 and GW45321/2, for rotation hinges.

METAL FRONT PANELS FOR MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND THREE-WAY SWITCHES Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

3-way switch no. x hole Ø

Instruments N. x dimensions

GW 45 374

600x200

1 Ø 9.5 mm

4 96x96 mm

1

GW 45 379

850x200

1 Ø 9.5 mm

4 96x96 mm

1

No. modules: 24 No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. APPLICATIONS: installation of ammeters, voltmeters, voltmeter/ammeter three-way switches.

224 EN_Book.indb 224

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


GW45362

AERATION FRONT PANELS Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

No. modules: 24

Pack Carton

GW 45 362

600x200

1

GW 45 367

850x200

1

No. modules: 36

47 CVX 630 M range

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: front panel in painted sheet metal colour Grey RAL 7035; earthing by contact; captive panel fixing screws; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges. APPLICATIONS: natural ventilation in wall and floor-mounting distribution boards.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 225

225 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 Internal configuration DIN rails GW45401

SHEET METAL RAILS FOR MODULAR DEVICES, COMPLETE WITH FIXING SUPPORTS Code

Section dim. HxD (mm)

Profile

Material

GW 45 401

2x(35x7.5)

Double EN 50022 (DIN 35)

Aluminium

1

GW 45 402

2x(35x7.5)

Double EN 50022 (DIN 35)

Aluminium

1

No. modules: 24 No. modules: 36

Pack Carton

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail in aluminium; 2 screws for mounting the DIN rail; 2 support brackets in galvanised sheet metal; fixing accessories.

Back-mounting plates GW45422

BACK-MOUNTING PLATES FOR NON-MODULAR DEVICES, COMPLETE WITH FIXING SUPPORTS Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

No. modules: 10

Pack Carton

GW 45 406

400x300

1

GW 45 421 GW 45 422 GW 45 423

600x200 600x400 600x600

1 1 1

GW 45 431 GW 45 432 GW 45 433

850x200 850x400 850x600

1 1 1

No. modules: 24

No. modules: 36

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. CHARACTERISTICS: galvanised sheet metal plate (20/10 mm thick).

GW45453

Dividers HORIZONTAL DIVIDING RAILS IN THE STRUCTURE Code

Width (mm)

No. modules: 24

Pack Carton

GW 45 453

600

1

GW 45 454

850

1

No. modules: 36

GW45479

CHARACTERISTICS: allow the internal separation of the distribution board.

VERTICAL DIVIDING RAILS IN THE STRUCTURE AND IN THE CABLE COMPARTMENT Code

Height H (mm)

Suitable for: internal cable compartment

Pack Carton

GW 45 474 GW 45 475 GW 45 477 GW 45 478 GW 45 479

1000 1200 1600 1800 2000

1 1 1 1 1

GW 45 457 GW 45 458 GW 45 459

1600 1800 2000

1 1 1

Suitable for: structures / ext. cable comp.

47 CVX 630 M range

CHARACTERISTICS: allow the internal separation (form 2B) in the case of busbar in the cable compartment.

226 EN_Book.indb 226

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


Complementary items

GW49209

Accessories DEPTH ADAPTER Code GW 49 209

Length (mm) 600

Pack Carton 1

GW47291

APPLICATIONS: compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) moulded case circuit breakers (MTX/M 160c - MTX/E 160 - MTX/M 250 range).

BLANKING MODULE PROFILE IN PLASTIC MATERIAL - COLOUR GREY RAL 7035 Code GW 47 291

No. of modules EN 50022 24

Pack Carton 10

GW45532

CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

PAIR OF METAL HINGES FOR FRONT PANELS Code GW 45 532

Fixing type With screw

Opening angle 90°

Suitable for For panels H higher than 100 mm

Pack Carton 1

GW47691

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: panel closure cap. CHARACTERISTICS: additional earthing of the panel by contact. APPLICATIONS: option of hinging front panels.

DIN PROFILES Code

Section dim. HxD (mm)

Profile

Material

GW 45 411 GW 45 412

35x15 32x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32)

Galvanized metal Galvanized metal

1 1

GW 45 416 GW 45 417

35x15 32x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32)

Galvanized metal Galvanized metal

1 1

GW 47 691 GW 47 692 GW 47 693

35x15 32x15 30x15

EN 50022 (DIN 35) EN 50035 (G 32) EN 50024 (C30)

Galvanized metal Galvanized metal Galvanized metal

1/5 1/5 1/5

Length: 24 modules Length: 36 modules Length: 2000 mm

Pack Carton

GW45521

NOTE: the DIN profiles with 24 and 36 modules can be fixed directly on the frame.

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR WIRING TRUNKING Code

Installation

GW 45 521

Horizontal/Vertical

Suitable for Distribution boards L=600/850 mm

Pack Carton 1

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR HORIZONTAL TERMINAL BLOCK Code GW 45 526

Suitable for Distribution boards L=600/850 mm

Pack Carton 1

PAIR OF SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL TERMINAL BLOCK Code GW 45 527 GW 45 528

Suitable for internal cable compartment External cable compartment

Pack Carton 1 1

VENTILATION KIT Code GW 46 448

IP degree IP44

Rated voltage 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz

Fixing hole (mm) 125x117

Screws centre distance (mm) 123x115

Pack Carton 1/2

47 CVX 630 M range

GW46448

GW45527

GW45526

APPLICATIONS: both horizontal and vertical assembly of wiring trunking up to 80x80 mm.

CHARACTERISTICS: the fan takes in air from the outside and introduces it into the distribution board, creating a slight overpressure that prevents foreign particles from entering. Max fan capacity 60 m³/h. Absorbed power equal to 20 W. APPLICATIONS: forced ventilation in critical thermal conditions. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 227

227 06/05/15 10:05


47 CVX 630 M range GW46471

Monobloc distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55 AERATION KIT Code GW 46 471

IP degree IP44

Fixing hole (mm) 125x117

Screws centre distance (mm) 123x115

Pack Carton 1/10

GW45582

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

ADDITIONAL PLINTH H=100 COLOUR BLUE RAL 5003 PAINTED WITH REMOVABLE FRONT AND REAR PANELS Code GW 45 581 GW 45 582 GW 45 583

Dimensions LxD (mm) 400x280 600x280 850x280

Pack Carton 1 1 1

GW45533

CHARACTERISTICS: additional plinth to facilitate cable entry and/or raise the distribution board. Lateral pre-breaking for the cable passages.

KIT FOR SIDE-BY-SIDE USE OF STRUCTURES AND GASKET IP55 Code

Description

GW 45 533 GW 47 472 GW 47 473

Plates and screws Plates and screws Gasket roll

For distribution boards Wall mounting Floor-mounting

Quantity 4 pieces 8 pieces 20 m

Pack Carton 1/10 1/10 1/10

GW45518

NOTE: to create side by side installations for IP55 structures, gasket GW47473 must be added to the kit that includes the plates and screws.

CROSSPIECES FOR CABLE FIXING Code GW 45 516 GW 45 517 GW 45 518 GW 45 519

Suitable for internal cable compartment External cable compartment Distribution boards L=600 mm Distribution boards L=850 mm

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

GW45534

APPLICATION: permits the fixing of the input/output cables on the distribution board structure.

PERFORATED AND THREADED EARTH BUSBAR Code GW 45 534 GW 45 535

For distribution boards L=600 L=850

Section (mm²) 20x5 20x5

N./diam. of threaded holes 24xM6 36xM6

Step drilling (mm) 18 mm 18 mm

Pack Carton 1 1

GW47192

GW46447

GW45537

NOTE: direct fixing on the functional frames.

EARTH TERMINAL BLOCKS Code GW 45 537 GW 45 538

For distribution boards L=400 L=600

Section (mm²) 10x7 10x7

N. terminal and section (mm²) 1x35+11x16+13x10 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10)

Step drilling (mm) 6.5 mm 6.5 mm

Pack Carton 1 1

ADHESIVE DOCUMENT POCKET Code GW 46 447

Dimensions LxH (mm) 230x310

Pack Carton 1/10

SECURITY LOCK FOR WALL-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

Characteristics

GW 47 192

Yale type

Pack Carton 1/10

GW47494

47 CVX 630 M range

NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys.

ROTARY SAFETY HANDLE FOR FLOOR-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

Characteristics

GW 47 494

Yale type

Pack Carton 1

GW47491

NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys. The rotary handle can also be used for the door of the external cable compartment.

228 EN_Book.indb 228

SET OF 2 METAL BRACKETS FOR WALL-MOUNTING FIXING Code GW 47 491

Suitable for Floor-mounting distribution boards

Pack Carton 1/10

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

06/05/15 10:05


Code

Characteristics

GW 38 561

M10

Pack Carton 1

47 CVX 630 M range

GW38561

PAIR OF LIFTING EYEBOLTS

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 CVX 630 M range

EN_Book.indb 229

229 06/05/15 10:05


Distribution system for distribution boards

47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 263

06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards

Distribution system for distribution boards The 47 BUSBAR range, in addition to the flat and shaped busbar distribution systems, is made up of three different systems of quick dividers that minimize labor time. In detail:

264 EN_Book.indb 264

GWFIX 100: Quick divider up to 100A.

GWFIX 250: Quick divider up to 250A.

GWFIX 400: Quick divider up to 400A.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


Quick connection Connections to the busbar system is facilitated to the specific geometry of the shaped busbar section (one or more C profiles) which allows coupling of the junctions in every point of the busbar thanks to a special hammer screw sliding in the profile without the need for drilling.

Quick wiring times The GWFIX 100 quick divider system reduces considerably the time spent for labour and the wiring materials (cables and terminals) because it’s possible to connect easily the circuit breakers with different polarities on the same row without making wiring errors thanks to busbar frame with the innovative plug-in fixing system on the back of the double DIN rail and the dedicated connectors.

High versatility Thanks to the GWFIX 250 innovative quick divider system, the circuit breakers can be wired to the busbar frame with quick coupling cable terminal directly and the circuits can be connected and disconnected even when the circuits are supplied. Moreover, it’s possible to change the distribution of loads moving the quick coupling cable terminal from one phase to another.

Flexible use Thanks to the pre-perforation with 25 mm pitch on the flat bars, quick connection between busbars, flexible busbars or cables is possible. Moreover, by using dedicated joints, connections between shaped busbars and flat busbars can be carried out quickly and easily.

Photograph the QR code to discover the new technical specifications

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 265

265 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards Selection tables FLAT BUSBAR SYSTEM - CVX 630 K DISTRIBUTION BOARD BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

BUSBAR (1 CODE= 2 PIECES)

CENTRE DISTANCE

Capacity (A) depending on IP rating IP 30 IP 40/43

325

Maximum centre distance between busbar holders (mm) depending on max.Icc (kA)

Code

Cross-section N. bars LxH (mm) per phase

250

20x5

Type

1

6kA

10kA 16kA 20kA 25kA 35kA

L=600 mm

L=850 mm

Internal cable compartment

External cable compartment

1000

1000

600

200

200

-

GW 45 563

GW 45 563

-

-

700

400

250

150

-

-

-

-

GW 45 561

-

800

500

250

100

100

-

-

-

-

GW 45 562

700

400

250

150

-

-

-

-

GW 45 561

-

1000

1000

600

600

500

200

GW 45 563

GW 45 563

-

-

1000

600

250

100

100

-

-

-

-

GW 45 562

1000

1000

600

600

500

200

GW 45 563

GW 45 563

-

-

1000

700

250

100

100

-

-

-

-

GW 45 562

GW 45 551 (1000 mm) GW 45 555 (1750 mm)

530

400

GW 45 552 (1000 mm)

25x6

1

GW 45 556 (1750 mm)

530

400

GW 45 553 (1000 mm)

30x5

1

GW 45 557 (1750 mm)

770

630

GW 45 554 (1000 mm)

30x10

1

GW 45 558 (1750 mm)

FLEXIBLE STRAPS Capacity (A) depending on IP rating CVX 630 K boards

CVX 630 M boards

Dimensions Code (1 code= 2 pieces)*

CVX 1600 enclosure

IP 30

IP 40 / IP 43

IP 30

IP 55

IP 31

IP 41

IP 65

212

191

212

160

212

191

160

GW 47 651

L

NxLxH (mm)

Cross-section (mm²)

Length (mm)

2x15,5x0,8

24,8

2000

395

323

395

250

395

323

250

GW 47 652

3x20x1

60

2000

498

460

498

400

498

460

400

GW 47 653

5x20x1

100

2000

758

702

758

630

758

702

630

GW 47 654

5x32x1

160

2000

-

-

-

-

1203

1140

1000

GW 47 655

8x40x1

320

2000

-

-

-

-

1650

1525

1250

GW 47 656

10x50x1

500

2000

47 BUSBAR Range

* except for GW 47 651

266 EN_Book.indb 266

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


SHAPED CONTINUOUS PROFILE BUSBAR SYSTEM - CVX 630 M DISTRIBUTION BOARD BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

BUSBAR (1 CODE= 1 PIECE)

BUSBAR HOLDER (1 CODE= 1 PIECE)

Capacity (A) depending on IP rating

Maximum centre distance D (mm) depending on max.Icc (kA)

IP 30

IP 55

Code

630

400

GW 49 651

970

800

GW 49 652

Cross-section N. bars LxH (mm) per phase

20x20

20x20

Type

Direct connection to GWFIX 400

25kA

35kA

L= 600 mm

L= 850 mm(*)

Internal cable compartment

External cable compartment

L= 600 mm

L=850 mm (**)

550

425

GW 45 577

GW 45 578

-

-

GW 45 579

GW 45 580

550

425

-

-

GW 45 575

GW 45 576

-

-

550

425

GW 45 577

GW 45 578

-

-

GW 45 579

GW 45 580

550

425

-

-

GW 45 575

GW 45 576

-

-

1

1

(*) In structure L=850mm with internal cable compartment, use the GW 45 577 crosspieces for busbar systems on the bottom of the device compartment L=600mm. (**) In structure L=850mm with internal cable compartment, use the GW 45 579 crosspieces for busbar systems on the bottom of the device compartment L=600mm.

FLAT BUSBAR SYSTEM - CVX 630 M DISTRIBUTION BOARD BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

BUSBAR (1 code = 2 pieces)

CENTRE DISTANCE

Capacity (A) depending on IP rating IP 30

325

IP 55

250

Maximum centre distance between busbar holders (mm) depending on max.Icc (kA) Code

GW 45 551 (1000 mm)

Cross-section N. bars LxH (mm) per phase

20x5

1

GW 45 555 (1750 mm)

530

400

GW 45 552 (1000 mm)

25x6

1

Type

6kA 10kA 16kA 20kA 25kA 35kA

L=600 mm

L= 850 mm(*)

Internal cable compartment

External cable compartment

1000 1000 600

200

200

-

GW 45 573

GW 45 574

-

-

700

400

250

150

-

-

-

-

GW 45 561

-

800

500

250

100

100

-

-

-

-

GW 45 562

700

400

250

150

-

-

-

-

GW 45 561

-

1000 1000 600

600

500

200

GW 45 573

GW 45 574

-

-

1000 600

250

100

100

-

-

-

-

GW 45 562

1000 1000 600

600

500

200

GW 45 573

GW 45 574

-

-

1000 700

100

100

-

-

-

-

GW 45 562

GW 45 556 (1750 mm)

400

GW 45 553 (1000 mm)

30x5

1

GW 45 557 (1750 mm)

770

630

GW 45 554 (1000 mm) GW 45 558 (1750 mm)

30x10

47 BUSBAR Range

530

1 250

(*) In structure L=850mm with internal cable compartment, use the GW 45 573 crosspieces for busbar systems on the bottom of the device compartment L=600mm.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 267

267 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards SHAPED CONTINUOUS PROFILE BUSBAR SYSTEM - CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION CABINETS FIXING CROSSPIECES (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

BUSBAR (1 CODE = 1 PIECE)

BUSBAR HOLDER (1 CODE = 1 PIECE)

Capacity (A) depending on IP rating IP 31 IP 41 IP 65

Maximum centre distance D (mm) depending on max.Icc (kA) Code

Cross-section N. bars LxH (mm) per phase

Code

Min. structure depth 25kA 35kA 50kA 65kA 75kA (mm) 550 425

-

-

-

400

550 550

-

-

-

600

Non-separated enclosure (2) L= 400 mm

(2) L= 600 mm

(2) L= 850 mm

GW 49 701

GW 49 702

GW 49 703

External cable compartment

D= 600 mm

D= 800 mm -

GW 49 658

GW 49 659 + GW 49 675 (*) 630 520 400 GW 49 651

20x20

1

GW 49 660 + GW 49 675 (*)

GW 49 704

550 550

-

-

-

600

550 425

-

-

-

400

GW 49 706

GW 49 715 GW 49 713

GW 49 701

GW 49 656

GW 49 657 + GW 49 675 (*)

GW 49 705

-

550 550

-

-

-

800

GW 49 704

550 425

-

-

-

400

GW 49 701

-

GW 49 708 GW 49 715

GW 49 702

GW 49 703

-

GW 49 658

GW 49 659 + GW 49 675 (*) 970 830 800 GW 49 652

20x20

1

GW 49 660 + GW 49 675 (*)

550 550

-

-

-

600

GW 49 704

550 550

-

-

-

600

550 425

-

-

-

400

GW 49 659

1400 1330 1250 GW 49 653

20x60

1

GW 49 660

GW 49 706

GW 49 701

-

550 550

-

-

-

550 550 425 275 225

800

-

-

GW 49 708

-

GW 49 704

GW 49 715

600

GW 49 705

550 425 350 225

GW 49 715 GW 49 713

GW 49 656

GW 49 657 + GW 49 675 (*)

GW 49 705

GW 49 706

-

600

GW 49 713 GW 49 704

550 550 425 275 250

800

550 550 425 275 200

600

GW 49 715

-

-

GW 49 708

-

GW 49 657 -

GW 49 659 1820 1710 1600 GW 49 654

20x60

1

GW 49 705 550 550 350 225

-

600

GW 49 706

-

GW 49 704

GW 49 713

GW 49 715

GW 49 660 550 550 425 275 250

800

-

-

GW 49 708

-

47 BUSBAR Range

GW 49 657 Note: the yellow arrows indicate an example of choice of codes relating to the bar system to be constructed (busbar, fixing crosspieces and busbar holders). (*) Adapter for busbar-holder (1 code= 4 pieces)

268 EN_Book.indb 268

(1) installation only on external compartment.

(2) up to Form 2.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


FIXING CROSSPIECES (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

Separated enclosure

Internal/external compartment

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

D= 400 mm D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

-

-

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

-

-

-

Direct connection to GWFIX 400

Position B

Position A L= 400 mm

L= 600 mm

L= 850 mm

-

-

-

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm -

-

L= 600 mm

L= 850 mm

GW 49 717

GW 49 718

-

-

GW 49 717

GW 49 718

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 716

GW 49 711

GW 49 712

GW 49 714

GW 49 720

GW 49 721

GW 49 722

GW 49 723

GW 49 711

-

GW 49 710

-

-

GW 49 711 (1)

GW 49 712

-

-

-

-

GW 49 724

-

GW 49 716

GW 49 725

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 711

GW 49 712

GW 49 714

GW 49 720

GW 49 710

-

-

GW 49 711 (1)

GW 49 716

GW 49 725 GW 49 724

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 711 GW 49 716

-

GW 49 720

GW 49 712

GW 49 711 (1)

-

GW 49 721

GW 49 722

GW 49 723

GW 49 711

-

-

GW 49 725 GW 49 724

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GW 49 712

GW 49 711 (1)

GW 49 721

GW 49 722

GW 49 723

GW 49 711

-

GW 49 725 GW 49 724

-

-

-

-

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 269

-

GW 49 720

GW 49 711 GW 49 716

-

GW 49 712

-

-

GW 49 723

-

-

GW 49 714

GW 49 722

GW 49 711

-

GW 49 714

GW 49 721

-

-

47 BUSBAR Range

GW 49 716

269 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards FLAT BUSBAR SYSTEM - CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION CABINETS

BUSBAR (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

BUSBAR HOLDER (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

Capacity (A) depending on IP rating

IP 31 IP 41 IP 65

530

490

Maximum centre distance D (mm) depending on max.Icc (kA)

Code

400

6

10

16

25

35

50

75

100

Min. structure depth (mm)

1

1000

1000

700

300

225

-

-

-

600

GW 49 731

GW 49 732

50x5

1

1000

1000

700

375

275

225

-

-

600

GW 49 731

GW 49 732

63x5

1

-

1000

700

425

300

225

-

-

600

GW 49 731

GW 49 732

100x5

1

-

-

700

500

375

250

-

-

600

GW 49 731

GW 49 732

100x10

1

-

-

-

1000

1000

600

375

225

600

GW 49 731

GW 49 732

-

-

-

1000

1000

900

400

225

800

GW 49 731

GW 49 732

-

-

-

1000

1000

800

400

225

800

GW 49 731

GW 49 732

LxH (mm)

N. bars per phase

32x5

Code

(2) L= 600 mm

(2) L= 850 mm

GW 47 637

772

695

630 GW 49 677

GW 49 670 951

863

800 GW 49 678

1431 1347 1250 GW 49 679

1836 1710 1600

GW 49 671

3056 2700 2500

100x10

2

GW 49 680

4018 3600 3200

GW 49 672

100x10

3 GW 49 676

Note: the yellow arrows indicate an example of choice of codes relating to the bar system to be constructed (busbar, fixing crosspieces and busbar holders). (2) Up to Form 2

47 BUSBAR Range

270 EN_Book.indb 270

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


FIXING CROSSPIECES (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

Non-separated enclosure

Separated enclosure

Internal/external compartment

Non-separated enclosure

Separated enclosure

Internal/external compartment

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

GW 49 733

GW 49 734

GW 49 735

GW 49 736

GW 49 737

GW 49 738

GW 49 749

GW 49 720

GW 49 741

GW 49 742

GW 49 743

GW 49 744

GW 49 739

GW 49 740

GW 49 733

GW 49 734

GW 49 735

GW 49 736

GW 49 737

GW 49 738

GW 49 749

GW 49 720

GW 49 741

GW 49 742

GW 49 743

GW 49 744

GW 49 739

GW 49 740

GW 49 733

GW 49 734

GW 49 735

GW 49 736

GW 49 737

GW 49 738

GW 49 749

GW 49 720

GW 49 741

GW 49 742

GW 49 743

GW 49 744

GW 49 739

GW 49 740

GW 49 733

GW 49 734

GW 49 735

GW 49 736

GW 49 737

GW 49 738

GW 49 749

GW 49 720

GW 49 741

GW 49 742

GW 49 743

GW 49 744

GW 49 739

GW 49 740

GW 49 733

GW 49 734

GW 49 735

GW 49 736

GW 49 737

GW 49 738

GW 49 749

GW 49 720

GW 49 741

GW 49 742

GW 49 743

GW 49 744

GW 49 739

GW 49 740

-

GW 49 734

-

GW 49 736

-

GW 49 738

-

GW 49 720

-

GW 49 742

-

GW 49 744

-

GW 49 740

-

GW 49 734

-

GW 49 736

-

GW 49 738

-

GW 49 720

-

GW 49 742

-

GW 49 744

-

GW 49 740

47 BUSBAR Range

D= 600 mm D= 800 mm D= 600 mm D= 800 mm

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 271

271 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards COMPATIBILITY OF GWFIX SYSTEMS AND TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH 47 CVX RANGE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS CVX DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

CVX 160 I CVX 160 E Flush-mounting distribution Wall-mounting distribution boards boards

CVX 630 K Wall- and floor-mounting distribution boards

CVX 630 M Wall- and floor-mounting distribution boards

CVX 1600 Floor-mounting distribution cabinets

Quick divider GWFIX distribution system

• GWFIX 100

GWFIX 250

GWFIX 400

Distribution terminal blocks

Modular 1P/2P/3P/4P 100A 125A 160A 250A

4P on functional frame or plate

47 BUSBAR Range

272 EN_Book.indb 272

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


QUICK DIVIDER SYSTEMS GWFIX

Technical data GWFIX 100 - QUICK DIVIDER FOR MODULAR DEVICES

Rated operational voltage (Ue) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Rated impulse voltage (Uimp) Rated frequency Rated current (In) on central power supply Rated current (In) on lateral power supply Maximum installable switch size Conditioned short-circuit current (Icc) with MTC 45 - MDC 45 miniature circuit breaker Conditioned short-circuit current (Icc) with MT 60 MTC 60 - MDC 60 miniature circuit breaker Conditioned short-circuit current (Icc) with MT 100 - MTC 100 - MDC 100 miniature circuit breaker Conditioned short-circuit current (Icc) with MT 250 miniature circuit breaker Degree of protection Characteristics of the insulation material Characteristics of the conductor material Width

(V) (V) (kV) (Hz) (A) (A) (A) (kA) (kA) (kA) (kA)

400 AC 500 AC 6 - 1.2/50 µs 50/60 100 80 100 4.5 - 400V 6 - 400V 10 - 400V 25 - 400V IP20 extinguishing thermoplastic V1 (UL94) electrolytic copper 12/400 - 18 - 24/600 - 36/850

(No. modules/mm)

GWFIX 250 - QUICK DIVIDER FOR MODULAR DEVICES

Rated operational voltage (Ue) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Rated impulse voltage (Uimp) Rated frequency Rated current (In) on central power supply Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) Peak rated current (lpk) Maximum derived current Conditioned short-circuit current (Icc) Degree of protection Characteristics of the insulation material Characteristics of the conductor material Width Suitable for installation with panels with windows Insertion of connector type Connector disconnection

(V) (V) (kV) (Hz) (A) (kA) (kA) (A) (kA)

500 AC 500 AC 6 - 1.2/50 µs 50/60 250 10 (1s) 61 63 4.5 - 25 - 400 V IP20 extinguishing thermoplastic V1 (UL94) electrolytic copper 24 / 36 pitch 200mm quick, with mechanical coupling using a tool

(No. modules/mm)

GWFIX 400 - QUICK DIVIDER FOR MODULAR AND MOULDED-CASE DEVICES

Degree of protection Characteristics of the insulation material Characteristics of the conductor material Section of the conductor material Width Installable devices

(V) (V) (kV) (Hz) (A) (A) (kA) (kA) (A) (kA)

(No. modules/mm)

690 AC 1000 AC 8 - 1.2/50 µs 50/60 400 320 25 52.5 - 400V 250 MTX 160c: 36 kA - 400V MTX 160: 50 kA - 400V MTX 250: 50 kA - 400V IP20 extinguishing thermoplastic V1 (UL94) electrolytic copper 25 x 5mm 24 / 36 90 range MTX 160c, MTX 160, MTX 250 ranges, also with add-on residual current devices

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 273

47 BUSBAR Range

Rated operational voltage (Ue) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Rated impulse voltage (Uimp) Rated frequency Rated current (In) on central power supply Rated current (In) on lateral power supply Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) Maximum peak current (lpk) Maximum derived current Conditioned short-circuit current (Icc)

273 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards BUSBAR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

Technical data TYPE

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

(V)

SHAPED

FLAT

FLEXIBLE

690 AC

690 AC

690 AC

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

(V)

1000 AC

1000 AC

1000 AC

Rated impulse voltage (Uimp)

(kV)

8 - 1.2/50 µs

8 - 1.2/50 µs

8 - 1.2/50 µs

Rated frequency

(Hz)

50/60

50/60

50/60

Rated current (ln)

(A)

400, 800, 1250, 1600

250, 400, 630, 800, 1250, 1600, 2500, 3200

125, 250, 400, 630, 1000, 1250

Rated short-time withstand current (Icw)

(kA)

up to 75 (1s/400V AC)

up to 100 (1s/400V AC)

Conditioned short-circuit current (Icc)

(kA)

up to 75

up to 100 (1s/400V AC)

electrolytic copper 99.9% Cu-ETP

electrolytic copper 99.9% Cu-ETP

electrolytic copper 99.9% Cu-ETP

Insulating material

extinguishing polyamide V0 (UL94)

extinguishing polyamide V0 (UL94)

extinguishing polyamide V0 (UL94)

Tightening torque

screws M8= 20Nm screws M10= 30Nm

4 Nm

screws M6= 13Nm screws M12= 110Nm

Operating climate

constant: 25°C/83% - 40°C/93% variable: 25°C/98% - 40°C/98%

constant: 25°C/83% - 40°C/93% variable: 25°C/98% - 40°C/98%

Operating temperature

-5°C ÷ 40°C

-5°C ÷ 40°C

Storage temperature

-25°C ÷ 55°C

-25°C ÷ 55°C

Busbar material

-45°C ÷ 150°C

47 BUSBAR Range

274 EN_Book.indb 274

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


GWFIX Quick divider systems

GW49768

GWFIX 100 - Quick divider 100A for modular devices GWFIX 100 - BAR FRAMES 100A FOR QUICK COUPLING CONNECTIONS FOR THE POWER SUPPLIES OF MODULAR DEVICES Code

No. of modules EN 50022

Pack Carton

Busbars: 100 A 2P (L1/Neutral) GW 49 762 GW 49 763 GW 49 764

12 18 24

1/6 1/6 1/6

GW 49 766 GW 49 767 GW 49 768 GW 49 769

12 18 24 36

1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6

Busbars: 100 A 4P

GW49776

CHARACTERISTICS: fixed quick connection on the rear of the double DIN rail. NOTE: possibility to combine two 12-module bars on a single 24-module DIN rail.

GWFIX 100 - QUICK COUPLING CONNECTIONS DEVICES Code

Description

Type

Colour

Suitable for

Rated current: 40 A

Pack Carton

GW 49 776 GW 49 777 GW 49 778 GW 49 779

N. 10 connections N. 10 connections N. 10 connections N. 10 connections

L1/Neutral L2/Neutral L3/Neutral L1/L2/L3/Neutral

Brown Grey Black White

MTC (1P+N/2P) MTC (1P+N/2P) MTC (1P+N/2P) MTC (3P/4P)

1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6

GW 49 780 GW 49 781 GW 49 782 GW 49 783

N. 10 connections N. 10 connections N. 10 connections N. 10 connections

L1 L2 L3 Neutral

Brown Grey Black Blue

MDC MT SD SE MDC MT SD SE MDC MT SD SE MDC MT SD SE

1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6

Rated current: 63 A

GW49775

NOTE: GW49779 connection also suitable for MTC 3P, thanks to the pre-breaking of the neutral. SE= switch-disconnector.

GWFIX 100 - QUICK COUPLING CONNECTIONS WITH CABLE FOR MODULAR DEVICES Code

Description

Type

Suitable for

Modules

Rated current: 16 A

Pack Carton

GW 49 770 GW 49 771 GW 49 772

Connection with cable Connection with cable Connection with cable

L1/Neutral L1/L2/L3 L1/L2/L3/Neutral

90 AM Range 90 AM Range 90 AM Range

2 2 2

1/6 1/6 1/6

GW 49 773 GW 49 774 GW 49 775

Connection with cable Connection with cable Connection with cable

L1/Neutral L1/L2/L3 L1/L2/L3/Neutral

90 AM Range MTHP SD SE 90 AM Range MTHP SE 90 AM Range MTHP SD SE

2 2 2

1/6 1/6 1/6

Rated current: 40 A

GWFIX 100 - 4P FEEDER WITH CABLE FOR CONNECTION OF MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AND BAR FRAME Code

Description

Modules

GW 49 784

L=350 mm

2

Pack Carton 1/6

GWFIX 100 - 4P POWER SUPPLY PARALLEL MODULES WITH CABLE FOR CONNECTION OF TWO BAR FRAMES Code

Description

Modules

GW 49 788 GW 49 789

L=400 mm L=600 mm

2 2

Pack Carton 1/6 1/6

GWFIX 100 - 1P POWER SUPPLY MODULES WITHOUT CABLE Code

Description

Type

Modules

GW 49 792 GW 49 793 GW 49 794 GW 49 795

10 clamps (35mm²) 10 clamps (35mm²) 10 clamps (35mm²) 10 clamps (35mm²)

L1 - Brown L2 - Grey L3 - Black Neutral - Blue

1 1 1 1

Pack Carton 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6

CHARACTERISTICS: the single-pole power supply modules are terminals without cable, to plug-in on bar frame, that allow the connection of main circuit breaker with bar frame when the width L>350mm or the connection of two bar frames when width L>600mm or the connection of modular devices when In>63A.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 275

47 BUSBAR Range

GW49795

GW49788

GW49784

NOTE: SE= switch-disconnector.

275 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards GW49797

GWFIX 100 - ACCESSORIES Code

Description

GW 49 797 GW 49 798

N. 10 bar cover - 24 mod. N. 2 bar cover - 36 mod.

Pack Carton 1 1/6

GW47201

GWFIX 250 - Quick divider 250 A for modular devices GWFIX 250 - 250 A DIVIDER EQUIPPED WITH CONDUCTOR WITH QUICK-COUPLING TERM FOR MODULAR DEVICE POWER SUPPLY Code GW 47 201 GW 47 202 GW 47 204 GW 47 206 GW 47 207

Max derived current 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 A 63 A

No. outputs 12 (4P) / 24 (2P) 12 (4P) / 24 (2P) 18 (4P) / 36 (2P) 12 (4P) / 24 (2P) 18 (4P) / 36 (2P)

Modules 24 24 36 24 36

For distribution boards CVX 160 E CVX 1600 CVX 1600 CVX 630K / CVX 630M CVX 630K / CVX 630M

Pack Carton 1/5 1/5 1/5 1 1

GW47215

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: conductors with terminal for quick coupling: length 120mm, nominal section 6mm², rated current In=40A, type H07 VK. width 24 modules: 12 black conductors, 6 blue conductors; width 36 modules: 18 black conductors, 12 blue conductors. CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for installation between panels with windows, 200mm pitch.

GWFIX 250 - QUICK COUPLING TERMINAL FOR FLEXIBLE CABLE Code GW 47 215 GW 47 220

Suitable for cables 1,5 - 2,5 mm² cables 4 - 6 mm²

Pack Carton 10/100 10/100

GWFIX 250 - H 07 VK TYPE CONDUCTORS WITH QUICK COUPLING TERMINAL Code

Section (mm²)

Colour

Length (mm)

Pack Carton

GW 47 211 GW 47 213 GW 47 226 GW 47 228

6 6 6 6

Black Black Blue Blue

120 500 120 500

10/100 10/100 10/100 10/100

GW 47 231 GW 47 233 GW 47 246 GW 47 248

10 10 10 10

Black Black Blue Blue

120 500 120 500

10/100 10/100 10/100 10/100

Rated current: 40 A

Rated current: 63 A

NOTES: length= 120 mm crimped terminal. Length= 500 mm terminal without stripping.

47 BUSBAR Range

276 EN_Book.indb 276

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


GW49601

GWFIX 400 - Quick divider for modular and moulded case devices GWFIX 400 - FOUR-POLE 400A FRAMES TO FIX CONNECTION DEDICATED BASE MODULES OF MODULAR AND MOULDED-CASE DEVICES UP TO 250A Code

Description

GW 49 601 GW 49 602

Frame with bars Frame with bars

Section busbars (mm) 25x5 25x5

Modules 24 36

Pack Carton 1 1

GW49603

NOTES: allows power supply of up to 400 A with special power supply module and installation of devices by means of the relevant standard modules.

GWFIX 400 - POWER SUPPLY MODULE Code

Description

GW 49 603

Module 4P 400A

Pack Carton 1

GW49627

NOTES: connection by pliers for input of four-pole framework from shaped or flat bar system. The power supplier module also allows the direct connection of the GWFIX 400 system to the bar system located on the bottom of the distribution board.

GWFIX 400 - BASE MODULES FOR MODULAR AND MOULD-CASE DEVICES Code

Description

Suitable for

Rated current (A): 100

Pack Carton

GW 49 627 GW 49 628 GW 49 629 GW 49 630

L1 high with cable L2 high with cable L3 high with cable N high with cable

MTHP - SE MTHP - SE MTHP - SE MTHP - SE

1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

GW 49 151 GW 49 152 GW 49 153 GW 49 154 GW 49 156 GW 49 157 GW 49 158 GW 49 159

L1 high - L2 low L2 high - L1 low L3 high - N low N high - L3 low L1 high - L2 low L2 high - L1 low L3 high - N low N high - L3 low

MTX/M 160c MTX/M 160c MTX/M 160c MTX/M 160c MTX/E 160 MTX/E 160 MTX/E 160 MTX/E 160

1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

GW 49 171 GW 49 172 GW 49 173 GW 49 174 GW 49 175 GW 49 176 GW 49 177 GW 49 178

L1 high L2 high L3 high N high L1 low L2 low L3 low N low

MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250 MTX/M 250

1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

Rated current (A): 160

Rated current (A): 250

GW45381

NOTES: clamp assembly on the four-pole frame busbar. For codes GW49151 to GW49159, the power supply make arrive both from the top or from the bottom. Turning the standard module on the 4-pole frame changes the power supply phase. SE= switch-disconnector.

GWFIX 400 - FRONT PANELS IN PAINTED SHEET WITH DIN PERFORATION Code

Dimensions LxH (mm)

For distribution boards

GW 45 381 GW 49 503

600x300 600x300

CVX 630 M CVX 1600

1 1

GW 45 382 GW 49 507

850x300 850x300

CVX 630 M CVX 1600

1 1

Modules: 24 Modules: 36

Pack Carton

GW49643

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mounting accessories.

GWFIX 400 - ACCESSORIES Code

Description

GW 49 643 GW 49 644 GW 49 646 GW 49 155 GW 49 160 GW 49 179

Base Module false pole for BD N. 2 covers IP20 N. 6 trunking supports False pole clip for MTX/M 160c motor control False pole clip for MTX/E 160 motor control False pole clip for BD of MTX/E/M 160c/160/250

Modules 10

Pack Carton 1/12 1/6 1/6 1 1 1

47 BUSBAR Range

NOTE: GW 49 179 not suitable for the BD 160c lowered add-on residual current device.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 277

277 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range GW49650

Distribution systems for distribution boards GWFIX 400 - PAIR OF FIXING SUPPORTS FOR FOUR-POLE 24 AND 36 MODULE FRAMES Code GW 45 539 GW 49 650

For distribution boards CVX 630 M CVX 1600

Pack Carton 1 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories.

47 BUSBAR Range

278 EN_Book.indb 278

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


Distribution terminal blocks Horizontal divider GW45541

HORIZONTAL FOUR-POLE DIVIDER 250 A WITH PRE-DRILLED THREADED M6 BUSBARS Code

Dimensions No. of modules (mm) EN 50022

Installation

GW 44 700

285x190x70 16

GW 47 601 GW 47 602 GW 45 541 GW 45 543

Input connecting capacity

Output connecting capacity

Icw (1s)

On profile EN 50022

1xM12

10xM6

17 kA

1

600x150x70 24 850x150x70 36

On functional profile On functional profile

1xM8+2M6 1xM8+2M6

21xM6 32xM6

20 kA 20 kA

1 1

600x150x70 24 850x150x70 36

On functional profile On functional profile

1xM8+2xM6 1xM8+2xM6

21xM6 32xM6

20 kA 20 kA

1 1

For distribution boards: CVX 630K/630M/1600 For distribution boards: CVX 1600

For distribution boards: CVX 630K/630M

Pack Carton

CHARACTERISTICS: the connection capacity indicated is "per pole"; can also be fixed on the back-mounting plate. ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing brackets on functional profile. Complete with protection shield and bolts and screws for cable input and output connections. NOTES: usable with front panel of a height greater than, or equal to, 200mm.

GW45542

HORIZONTAL, 4-POLE DISTRIBUTING FRAME UP TO 400A WITH PERFORATED, THREADED BUSBARS M6 Code

Dimensions No. of modules (mm) EN 50022

Installation

600x150x70 24 850x150x70 36

On functional profile On functional profile

For distribution boards: CVX 630K/630M GW 45 542 GW 45 544

Input connecting capacity

Output connecting capacity

Icw (1s)

1xM8+2xM6 1xM8+2xM6

21xM6 32xM6

20 kA 20 kA

Pack Carton 1 1

CHARACTERISTICS: the connection capacity indicated is "per pole"; possibility of fixing on back-mounting plate too; ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing brackets on functional profile. Complete with protection shield and bolts and screws for cable input and output connections. NOTES: usable with front panel of a height greater than, or equal to, 200mm.

GW44651

Modular dividers SINGLE-POLE MODULAR DISTRIBUTION TERMINAL BLOCK - FIXING ON PLATE OR DIN RAIL - IP20 Code

Outer dim. LxHxD (mm)

No. of modules EN 50022

Input connecting capacity

Output connecting capacity

Icw (1s)

35x92x49

2

1x(10-70) mm²

6x(2.5-16) mm²

10 kA

Rated current (A): 160 GW 44 651

Pack Carton 1/5

GW44693

GW44652

CHARACTERISTICS: terminal tightening torque: input cable 4 Nm, output cables 1.5 Nm. APPLICATIONS: possibility to create 1, 2, 3 and 4-pole distributing frames.

RIGID JUMPER KIT AND CAP FOR ONE-POLE TERMINAL BLOCK GW44651 Code

Description

GW 44 652

Jumper kit

Pack Carton 1/25

TWO-POLE DISTRIBUTION TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH TRANSPARENT PROTECTION COVER FIXING ON PLATE OR DIN RAIL EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C Outer dim. No. of modules LxHxD EN 50022 (mm)

Input connecting capacity

Output connecting capacity

Icw (1s)

GW 44 691

70x49x50

4

1x(6-35) mm²

[1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm²

6 kA

2/36

GW 44 693

141x49x50

8

1x(6-35) mm²

[2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm²

6 kA

1/12

Code

Pack Carton

Rated current (A): 100 Rated current (A): 125

GW44699

CHARACTERISTICS: the indicated connection capacity is "per pole" and refers to the fitting of cables with "test prods".

FOUR-POLE DISTRIBUTION TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH TRANSPARENT PROTECTION COVER. FIXING ON PLATE OR DIN RAIL EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C Code

Outer dim. No. of modules LxHxD (mm) EN 50022

Input connecting capacity

Output connecting capacity

Icw (1s)

GW 44 696

70x88.5x50

4

1x(6-35) mm²

[1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm²

6 kA

2/16

GW 44 698

141x88.5x50 8

1x(6-35) mm²

[2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm²

6 kA

1/9

GW 44 699

185x75x135

1x(16-50) mm²

[2x(10-35) + 2x(6-25) + 8x(4-16)] mm²

10 kA

1/12

Rated current (A): 100 Rated current (A): 125 Rated current (A): 160

10

Pack Carton

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 279

47 BUSBAR Range

CHARACTERISTICS: terminal tightening torque: input cables 4 Nm, output cables 1.5 Nm. the indicated connection capacity is "per pole" and refers to the fitting of cables with "test prods".

279 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards Shaped, continuous profile busbar distribution systems Shaped busbar GW49651

ELECTROLYTIC COPPER SHAPED BUSBARS Code GW 49 651 GW 49 652 GW 49 653 GW 49 654

Rated current 400 A 800 A 1250 A 1600 A

Length (mm) 1730 1730 1730 1730

Quantity

For distribution boards CVX 630M/1600 CVX 630M/1600 CVX 1600 CVX 1600

1 1 1 1

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

GW45577

Busbar holders for shaped busbars PAIR OF LINEAR BUSBAR-HOLDERS 400 - 800A - COMPLETE WITH CROSSPIECES FOR SYSTEM WITH VERTICAL, SHAPED BUSBARS FOR CVX 630M DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

GW45576

GW 45 577 GW 45 578 GW 45 579 GW 45 580

Max Icw (kA) 35 35 35 35

Quantity Section busbars (mm) 2 20x20 2 20x20 2 20x20 2 20x20

Installation On structure base L=600 On structure base L=850 Structure L=600 (GWFIX 400) Structure L=850 (GWFIX 400)

For distribution boards CVX 630 M CVX 630 M CVX 630 M CVX 630 M

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

PAIR OF GRADUATED BUSBAR-HOLDERS 400 - 800A - COMPLETE WITH CROSSPIECES FOR SYSTEM WITH VERTICAL, SHAPED BUSBARS FOR CVX 630M DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 45 575 GW 45 576

GW49656

Rated current 400-800 A 400-800 A 400-800 A 400-800 A

Rated current 400-800 A 400-800 A

Max Icw Quantity Section (kA) busbars (mm) 35 2 20x20 35 2 20x20

Installation On base of int. compartment On base of ext. compartment

For distribution boards CVX 630 M CVX 630 M

Pack Carton 1 1

LINEAR AND GRADUATED BUSBAR-HOLDERS 800 - 1600 A FOR SYSTEMS WITH SHAPED PROFILE BUSBARS FOR CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code

Rated current

Max Icw (kA)

Quantity

Section busbars (mm)

For distribution boards

GW 49 656 GW 49 657

800 A 1600 A

35 75

1 1

20x20 60x20

CVX 1600 CVX 1600

1 1

GW 49 658 GW 49 659 GW 49 660

800 A 1600 A 1600 A

35 75 65

1 1 1

20x20 60x20 60x20

CVX 1600 CVX 1600 CVX 1600

1 1 1

For busbar holder: Scalar For busbar holder: Linear

Pack Carton

47 BUSBAR Range

280 EN_Book.indb 280

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


Crosspieces for shaped busbar system for distribution boards CVX 1600

PAIR OF SUPPORT CROSSPIECES FOR SHAPED VERTICAL BUSBARS SYSTEMS Code

Assembly position

For structures (mm)

For busbar holder

GW 49 701 GW 49 702 GW 49 703 GW 49 704 GW 49 705 GW 49 706

1 1 1 1 1 1

L=400 L=600 L=850 L=400 L=600 L=850

GW49656 - GW49658 GW49658 GW49658 GW49657 - GW49659 - GW49660 GW49659 - GW49660 GW49659 - GW49660

1 1 1 1 1 1

GW 49 708

1

L=300

GW49656 - GW49657

1

GW 49 710 GW 49 711 GW 49 712

2 2 2

D=400 D=600 D=800

GW49656 GW49660 GW49657 - GW49659 - GW49660

1 1 1

GW 49 713 GW 49 714 GW 49 715 GW 49 716

2 2 2 2

D=600 Open frame D=600 Closed frame D=800 Open frame D=800 Closed frame

GW49660 GW49660 GW49657 - GW49659 - GW49660 GW49657 - GW49659 - GW49660

1 1 1 1

GW 49 717 GW 49 718

3 3

L=600 L=850

GW49658 GW49658

1 1

Busbars: Structure bottom

Busbars: External compartment bottom Busbars: Int./Ext. compartment side

Busbars: Structure side

Busbars: Structure bottom with direct connection to GWFIX40

Pack Carton

PAIR OF SUPPORT CROSSPIECES FOR SHAPED HORIZONTAL BUSBARS SYSTEMS Code

Assembly position

For structures (mm)

For busbar holder

GW 49 711 GW 49 720

2 3

D=600 D=800

GW49660 GW49659 - GW49660

1 1

GW 49 721 GW 49 722 GW 49 723 GW 49 724 GW 49 725

5/A 5/A 5/A 5/B 5/B

L=400 L=600 L=850 D=600 D=800

GW49659 - GW49660 GW49659 - GW49660 GW49659 - GW49660 GW49660 GW49659 - GW49660

1 1 1 1 1

Busbars: High/low structure or int./ext. compartment Busbars: Horizontal to every height structure

Pack Carton

47 BUSBAR Range

NOTES: GW49721 - GW49722 - GW49723: structures with functional width 850mm with internal cable, use GW49722 + GW49723 or 2 crosspieces GW49722 in combination with the rear upright. For crosspieces choosing see the selection guide.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 281

281 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards

GW49666

Accessories for shaped busbars COPPER JOINTS FOR SHAPED BUSBARS Code

Description

GW 49 665 GW 49 666 GW 49 667 GW 49 668

N. 4 joints N. 4 joints N. 4 joints N. 4 joints

For busbars Shaped 400/800A Shaped 1250/1600A Shaped 1250/1600A Shaped 400/800A and 1250/1600A

With Shaped busbars 400/800/1250/1600A Shaped busbars 1250/1600A Flat bus-bar 2500/3200A Terminales

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

GW49647

NOTES: the coupling elements are not supplied with screws. For the screws, choose code GW 49 647 or GW 49 648. The article GW49668 consists of 4 cut-out coupling elements of 400A only suitable for terminals.

M8 SEALING DRIVE-SCREWS FOR SHAPED BUSBARS Code

Description

GW 49 591 GW 49 647 GW 49 648

N. 12 screws N. 12 screws N. 12 screws

Length (mm) 20 27 37

Suitable for Terminales Copper plates up to 10mm, and joints for bars Copper plates up to 20mm, and joints for bars

Pack Carton 1 1 1

GW49674

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screw cap hoods. APPLICATIONS: they allow fixing between conductors in any position along the bus-bars. The articles GW49647 and GW49648 allows copper coupling elements to be fixed between two busbars.

SUPPORT BASES FOR SHAPED BUSBARS Code

Description

GW 49 673 GW 49 674

N. 4 support bases N. 4 support bases

For busbars 400/800A 1250/1600A

Pack Carton 1 1

GW49675

APPLICATIONS: carrier support to be placed inside the bar-holder in the final position so as to hold the busbar up in a vertical position.

SHAPED BUSBARS ADAPTOR Code

Description

GW 49 675

N. 4 adaptors

For busbars 400/800A

For busbar holder GW49657 - GW49659 - GW49660

Pack Carton 1

APPLICATIONS: if busbars of 400/800A are assembled on busbar holders designed for busbars of 1250/1600A.

47 BUSBAR Range

282 EN_Book.indb 282

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


Flat busbar distribution systems Flat bus-bar 2 FLAT BUSBARS IN PRE-DRILLED ELECTROLYTIC COPPER Code GW 45 551 GW 45 552 GW 45 553 GW 45 554 GW 45 555 GW 45 556 GW 45 557 GW 45 558 GW 47 637 GW 49 677 GW 49 678 GW 49 679 GW 49 680

Rated current 250 A 400 A 400 A 630 A 250 A 400 A 400 A 630 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 1250 A 1600 A

Section (mm²) 20x5 25x6 30x5 30x10 20x5 25x6 30x5 30x10 32x5 50x5 63x5 100x5 100x10

Length (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750

For distribution boards CVX 630K/630M CVX 630K/630M CVX 630K/630M CVX 630K/630M CVX 630K/630M CVX 630K/630M CVX 630K/630M CVX 630K/630M CVX 1600 CVX 1600 CVX 1600 CVX 1600 CVX 1600

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

NOTE: The CVX 630 K busbar are M6 drilled and threaded.

GW45563

Busbar-holder for flat busbars PAIR OF LINEAR BUSBAR-HOLDERS 250 - 630A COMPLETE WITH CROSSPIECES FOR SYSTEM WITH VERTICAL, FLAT BUSBAR FOR CVX 630 K DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 45 563

Rated current 250 - 400 - 630 A

Section busbars (mm) 20x5-30x5-30x10

Max Icw Installation (kA) 35 On structure base L=600/850

For distribution boards CVX 630K

Pack Carton 1

GW45562

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Crosspieces and fixing screw to the structure.

PAIR OF GRADUATED BUSBAR-HOLDERS 250 - 630A COMPLETE WITH CROSSPIECES FOR SYSTEM WITH VERTICAL, FLAT BUSBARS FOR CVX 630K AND CVX 630M DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 45 561 GW 45 562

Rated current 250 - 400 A 250 - 400 - 630 A

Section busbars (mm) 20x5-25x6 20x5-30x5-30x10

Max Icw Installation (kA) 20 On base of int. compartment 25 On base of ext. compartment

For distribution boards CVX 630K/M CVX 630K/M

Pack Carton 1 1

GW45573

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Crosspieces and fixing screw to the structure.

PAIR OF LINEAR BUSBAR-HOLDERS 250 - 630A COMPLETE WITH CROSSPIECES FO SYSTEM WITH VERTICAL, FLAT BUSBARS FOR CVX 630M DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 45 573 GW 45 574

Rated current 250 - 400 - 630 A 250 - 400 - 630 A

Section busbars (mm) 20x5 - 30x5 - 30x10 20x5 - 30x5 - 30x10

Max Icw Installation (kA) 35 On structure base L=600 35 On structure base L=850

For distribution boards CVX 630 M CVX 630 M

Pack Carton 1 1

PAIR OF BUSBAR-HOLDERS FOR FLAT BUSBAR FOR CVX 1600 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Code GW 49 670 GW 49 671 GW 49 672 GW 49 676

Rated current 400-630-800-1250 A 1600 A 2500 A 3200 A

For busbars Thickness 5 (mm) Thickness 10 (mm) Thickness 10 (mm) Thickness 10 (mm)

N. bars for phase 1 1 2 3

For distribution boards CVX 1600 CVX 1600 CVX 1600 CVX 1600

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1

47 BUSBAR Range

GW49670

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Crosspieces and fixing screw to the structure.

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

EN_Book.indb 283

283 06/05/15 10:06


47 BUSBAR Range Distribution systems for distribution boards Crosspieces for flat busbar system for distribution boards CVX 1600

PAIR OF SUPPORT CROSSPIECES FOR VERTICAL FLAT BUSBARS Code

Assembly position

For structures (mm)

For busbar holder

GW 49 737 GW 49 738

2 2

D=600 D=800

GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671

1 1

GW 49 733 GW 49 734 GW 49 735 GW 49 736

2 2 2 2

D=600 Open frame D=800 Open frame D=600 Closed frame D=800 Closed frame

GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671 - GW49672 - GW49676 GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671

1 1 1 1

GW 49 731 GW 49 732

1 1

LxD=600x600/800 LxD=850x600/800

GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671

1 1

Busbars: Int./Ext. compartment side Busbars: Structure side

Busbars: Structure bottom

Pack Carton

PAIR OF SUPPORT CROSSPIECES FOR HORIZONTAL FLAT BUSBARS Code

Assembly position

For structures (mm)

For busbar holder

GW 49 749 GW 49 720

3 3

D=600 D=800

GW49670 - GW49671 GW49659 - GW49660

1 1

GW 49 741 GW 49 742 GW 49 743 GW 49 744

4 4 4 4

D=600 Open frame D=800 Open frame D=600 Closed frame D=800 Closed frame

GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671

1 1 1 1

GW 49 739 GW 49 740

4 4

D=600 D=800

GW49670 - GW49671 GW49670 - GW49671 - GW49672 - GW49676

1 1

Pack Carton

Busbars: High/low structure or int./ext. compartment Busbars: Horizontal to every height structure

Busbars: Horizontal to every height int./ext. compartment

GW47651

Flexible straps FLEXIBLE BUS-BARS - LENGTH: 2 METRES PER PIECE Code GW 47 651 GW 47 652 GW 47 653 GW 47 654 GW 47 655 GW 47 656

Rated current 125 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 1000 A 1250 A

Quantity 1 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions (mm) 2x15.5x0.8 3x20x1 5x20x1 5x32x1 8x40x1 10x50x1

Section (mm²) 24,8 60 100 160 320 500

Pack Carton 1 1 1 1 1 1

CHARACTERISTICS: conductor in electrolytic copper with high resistance compound vinyl insulation (duty voltage 1000 V). GW47654: only for switches with extended front or rear couplings.

47 BUSBAR Range

284 EN_Book.indb 284

Trade Catalogue 2015 > Power > Metal distribution boards and cabinets > 47 BUSBAR Range

06/05/15 10:06


POWER TRADE CATALOGUE 2015 Sole Shareholder company - Bergamo Register of Companies/ VAT / Tax code (IT) 00385040167 - REA 107496 - Share Capital 60,000,000.00 EUR fully paid up

Copertina Power 2015_EN.indd 1

PB 11084 EN - 05.15

GEWISS S.p.A. Registered office: Via A. Volta, 1 - 24069 CENATE SOTTO (Bergamo) - Italy Tel. +39 035 946 111 - Fax +39 035 945 222 - gewiss@gewiss.com - www.gewiss.com

POWER 2015

TRADE CATALOGUE

04/05/15 17:52


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.